Title: 'Amazon Web Services' End User Computing Services
Version: 0.9.0
Description: Interface to 'Amazon Web Services' end user computing services, including collaborative document editing, mobile intranet, and more https://aws.amazon.com/.
License: Apache License (≥ 2.0)
URL: https://github.com/paws-r/paws, https://paws-r.r-universe.dev/paws.end.user.computing
BugReports: https://github.com/paws-r/paws/issues
Imports: paws.common (≥ 0.8.0)
Suggests: testthat
Encoding: UTF-8
RoxygenNote: 7.3.2
Collate: 'appstream_service.R' 'appstream_interfaces.R' 'appstream_operations.R' 'chatbot_service.R' 'chatbot_interfaces.R' 'chatbot_operations.R' 'ivschat_service.R' 'ivschat_interfaces.R' 'ivschat_operations.R' 'reexports_paws.common.R' 'workdocs_service.R' 'workdocs_interfaces.R' 'workdocs_operations.R' 'workmail_service.R' 'workmail_interfaces.R' 'workmail_operations.R' 'workmailmessageflow_service.R' 'workmailmessageflow_interfaces.R' 'workmailmessageflow_operations.R' 'workspaces_service.R' 'workspaces_interfaces.R' 'workspaces_operations.R' 'workspacesweb_service.R' 'workspacesweb_interfaces.R' 'workspacesweb_operations.R'
NeedsCompilation: no
Packaged: 2025-03-14 09:21:47 UTC; dyfanjones
Author: David Kretch [aut], Adam Banker [aut], Dyfan Jones [cre], Amazon.com, Inc. [cph]
Maintainer: Dyfan Jones <dyfan.r.jones@gmail.com>
Repository: CRAN
Date/Publication: 2025-03-14 15:30:01 UTC

Amazon AppStream

Description

Amazon AppStream 2.0

This is the Amazon AppStream 2.0 API Reference. This documentation provides descriptions and syntax for each of the actions and data types in AppStream 2.0. AppStream 2.0 is a fully managed, secure application streaming service that lets you stream desktop applications to users without rewriting applications. AppStream 2.0 manages the AWS resources that are required to host and run your applications, scales automatically, and provides access to your users on demand.

You can call the AppStream 2.0 API operations by using an interface VPC endpoint (interface endpoint). For more information, see Access AppStream 2.0 API Operations and CLI Commands Through an Interface VPC Endpoint in the Amazon AppStream 2.0 Administration Guide.

To learn more about AppStream 2.0, see the following resources:

Usage

appstream(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- appstream(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

associate_app_block_builder_app_block Associates the specified app block builder with the specified app block
associate_application_fleet Associates the specified application with the specified fleet
associate_application_to_entitlement Associates an application to entitle
associate_fleet Associates the specified fleet with the specified stack
batch_associate_user_stack Associates the specified users with the specified stacks
batch_disassociate_user_stack Disassociates the specified users from the specified stacks
copy_image Copies the image within the same region or to a new region within the same AWS account
create_app_block Creates an app block
create_app_block_builder Creates an app block builder
create_app_block_builder_streaming_url Creates a URL to start a create app block builder streaming session
create_application Creates an application
create_directory_config Creates a Directory Config object in AppStream 2
create_entitlement Creates a new entitlement
create_fleet Creates a fleet
create_image_builder Creates an image builder
create_image_builder_streaming_url Creates a URL to start an image builder streaming session
create_stack Creates a stack to start streaming applications to users
create_streaming_url Creates a temporary URL to start an AppStream 2
create_theme_for_stack Creates custom branding that customizes the appearance of the streaming application catalog page
create_updated_image Creates a new image with the latest Windows operating system updates, driver updates, and AppStream 2
create_usage_report_subscription Creates a usage report subscription
create_user Creates a new user in the user pool
delete_app_block Deletes an app block
delete_app_block_builder Deletes an app block builder
delete_application Deletes an application
delete_directory_config Deletes the specified Directory Config object from AppStream 2
delete_entitlement Deletes the specified entitlement
delete_fleet Deletes the specified fleet
delete_image Deletes the specified image
delete_image_builder Deletes the specified image builder and releases the capacity
delete_image_permissions Deletes permissions for the specified private image
delete_stack Deletes the specified stack
delete_theme_for_stack Deletes custom branding that customizes the appearance of the streaming application catalog page
delete_usage_report_subscription Disables usage report generation
delete_user Deletes a user from the user pool
describe_app_block_builder_app_block_associations Retrieves a list that describes one or more app block builder associations
describe_app_block_builders Retrieves a list that describes one or more app block builders
describe_app_blocks Retrieves a list that describes one or more app blocks
describe_application_fleet_associations Retrieves a list that describes one or more application fleet associations
describe_applications Retrieves a list that describes one or more applications
describe_directory_configs Retrieves a list that describes one or more specified Directory Config objects for AppStream 2
describe_entitlements Retrieves a list that describes one of more entitlements
describe_fleets Retrieves a list that describes one or more specified fleets, if the fleet names are provided
describe_image_builders Retrieves a list that describes one or more specified image builders, if the image builder names are provided
describe_image_permissions Retrieves a list that describes the permissions for shared AWS account IDs on a private image that you own
describe_images Retrieves a list that describes one or more specified images, if the image names or image ARNs are provided
describe_sessions Retrieves a list that describes the streaming sessions for a specified stack and fleet
describe_stacks Retrieves a list that describes one or more specified stacks, if the stack names are provided
describe_theme_for_stack Retrieves a list that describes the theme for a specified stack
describe_usage_report_subscriptions Retrieves a list that describes one or more usage report subscriptions
describe_users Retrieves a list that describes one or more specified users in the user pool
describe_user_stack_associations Retrieves a list that describes the UserStackAssociation objects
disable_user Disables the specified user in the user pool
disassociate_app_block_builder_app_block Disassociates a specified app block builder from a specified app block
disassociate_application_fleet Disassociates the specified application from the fleet
disassociate_application_from_entitlement Deletes the specified application from the specified entitlement
disassociate_fleet Disassociates the specified fleet from the specified stack
enable_user Enables a user in the user pool
expire_session Immediately stops the specified streaming session
list_associated_fleets Retrieves the name of the fleet that is associated with the specified stack
list_associated_stacks Retrieves the name of the stack with which the specified fleet is associated
list_entitled_applications Retrieves a list of entitled applications
list_tags_for_resource Retrieves a list of all tags for the specified AppStream 2
start_app_block_builder Starts an app block builder
start_fleet Starts the specified fleet
start_image_builder Starts the specified image builder
stop_app_block_builder Stops an app block builder
stop_fleet Stops the specified fleet
stop_image_builder Stops the specified image builder
tag_resource Adds or overwrites one or more tags for the specified AppStream 2
untag_resource Disassociates one or more specified tags from the specified AppStream 2
update_app_block_builder Updates an app block builder
update_application Updates the specified application
update_directory_config Updates the specified Directory Config object in AppStream 2
update_entitlement Updates the specified entitlement
update_fleet Updates the specified fleet
update_image_permissions Adds or updates permissions for the specified private image
update_stack Updates the specified fields for the specified stack
update_theme_for_stack Updates custom branding that customizes the appearance of the streaming application catalog page

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- appstream()
svc$associate_app_block_builder_app_block(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Associates the specified app block builder with the specified app block

Description

Associates the specified app block builder with the specified app block.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_associate_app_block_builder_app_block/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_associate_app_block_builder_app_block(
  AppBlockArn,
  AppBlockBuilderName
)

Arguments

AppBlockArn

[required] The ARN of the app block.

AppBlockBuilderName

[required] The name of the app block builder.


Associates the specified application with the specified fleet

Description

Associates the specified application with the specified fleet. This is only supported for Elastic fleets.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_associate_application_fleet/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_associate_application_fleet(FleetName, ApplicationArn)

Arguments

FleetName

[required] The name of the fleet.

ApplicationArn

[required] The ARN of the application.


Associates an application to entitle

Description

Associates an application to entitle.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_associate_application_to_entitlement/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_associate_application_to_entitlement(
  StackName,
  EntitlementName,
  ApplicationIdentifier
)

Arguments

StackName

[required] The name of the stack.

EntitlementName

[required] The name of the entitlement.

ApplicationIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the application.


Associates the specified fleet with the specified stack

Description

Associates the specified fleet with the specified stack.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_associate_fleet/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_associate_fleet(FleetName, StackName)

Arguments

FleetName

[required] The name of the fleet.

StackName

[required] The name of the stack.


Associates the specified users with the specified stacks

Description

Associates the specified users with the specified stacks. Users in a user pool cannot be assigned to stacks with fleets that are joined to an Active Directory domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_batch_associate_user_stack/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_batch_associate_user_stack(UserStackAssociations)

Arguments

UserStackAssociations

[required] The list of UserStackAssociation objects.


Disassociates the specified users from the specified stacks

Description

Disassociates the specified users from the specified stacks.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_batch_disassociate_user_stack/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_batch_disassociate_user_stack(UserStackAssociations)

Arguments

UserStackAssociations

[required] The list of UserStackAssociation objects.


Copies the image within the same region or to a new region within the same AWS account

Description

Copies the image within the same region or to a new region within the same AWS account. Note that any tags you added to the image will not be copied.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_copy_image/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_copy_image(
  SourceImageName,
  DestinationImageName,
  DestinationRegion,
  DestinationImageDescription = NULL
)

Arguments

SourceImageName

[required] The name of the image to copy.

DestinationImageName

[required] The name that the image will have when it is copied to the destination.

DestinationRegion

[required] The destination region to which the image will be copied. This parameter is required, even if you are copying an image within the same region.

DestinationImageDescription

The description that the image will have when it is copied to the destination.


Creates an app block

Description

Creates an app block.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_create_app_block/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_create_app_block(
  Name,
  Description = NULL,
  DisplayName = NULL,
  SourceS3Location,
  SetupScriptDetails = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  PostSetupScriptDetails = NULL,
  PackagingType = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the app block.

Description

The description of the app block.

DisplayName

The display name of the app block. This is not displayed to the user.

SourceS3Location

[required] The source S3 location of the app block.

SetupScriptDetails

The setup script details of the app block. This must be provided for the CUSTOM PackagingType.

Tags

The tags assigned to the app block.

PostSetupScriptDetails

The post setup script details of the app block. This can only be provided for the APPSTREAM2 PackagingType.

PackagingType

The packaging type of the app block.


Creates an app block builder

Description

Creates an app block builder.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_create_app_block_builder/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_create_app_block_builder(
  Name,
  Description = NULL,
  DisplayName = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  Platform,
  InstanceType,
  VpcConfig,
  EnableDefaultInternetAccess = NULL,
  IamRoleArn = NULL,
  AccessEndpoints = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The unique name for the app block builder.

Description

The description of the app block builder.

DisplayName

The display name of the app block builder.

Tags

The tags to associate with the app block builder. A tag is a key-value pair, and the value is optional. For example, Environment=Test. If you do not specify a value, Environment=.

If you do not specify a value, the value is set to an empty string.

Generally allowed characters are: letters, numbers, and spaces representable in UTF-8, and the following special characters:

_ . : / = + \ - @

For more information, see Tagging Your Resources in the Amazon AppStream 2.0 Administration Guide.

Platform

[required] The platform of the app block builder.

WINDOWS_SERVER_2019 is the only valid value.

InstanceType

[required] The instance type to use when launching the app block builder. The following instance types are available:

  • stream.standard.small

  • stream.standard.medium

  • stream.standard.large

  • stream.standard.xlarge

  • stream.standard.2xlarge

VpcConfig

[required] The VPC configuration for the app block builder.

App block builders require that you specify at least two subnets in different availability zones.

EnableDefaultInternetAccess

Enables or disables default internet access for the app block builder.

IamRoleArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to apply to the app block builder. To assume a role, the app block builder calls the AWS Security Token Service (STS) AssumeRole API operation and passes the ARN of the role to use. The operation creates a new session with temporary credentials. AppStream 2.0 retrieves the temporary credentials and creates the appstream_machine_role credential profile on the instance.

For more information, see Using an IAM Role to Grant Permissions to Applications and Scripts Running on AppStream 2.0 Streaming Instances in the Amazon AppStream 2.0 Administration Guide.

AccessEndpoints

The list of interface VPC endpoint (interface endpoint) objects. Administrators can connect to the app block builder only through the specified endpoints.


Creates a URL to start a create app block builder streaming session

Description

Creates a URL to start a create app block builder streaming session.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_create_app_block_builder_streaming_url/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_create_app_block_builder_streaming_url(
  AppBlockBuilderName,
  Validity = NULL
)

Arguments

AppBlockBuilderName

[required] The name of the app block builder.

Validity

The time that the streaming URL will be valid, in seconds. Specify a value between 1 and 604800 seconds. The default is 3600 seconds.


Creates an application

Description

Creates an application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_create_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_create_application(
  Name,
  DisplayName = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  IconS3Location,
  LaunchPath,
  WorkingDirectory = NULL,
  LaunchParameters = NULL,
  Platforms,
  InstanceFamilies,
  AppBlockArn,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the application. This name is visible to users when display name is not specified.

DisplayName

The display name of the application. This name is visible to users in the application catalog.

Description

The description of the application.

IconS3Location

[required] The location in S3 of the application icon.

LaunchPath

[required] The launch path of the application.

WorkingDirectory

The working directory of the application.

LaunchParameters

The launch parameters of the application.

Platforms

[required] The platforms the application supports. WINDOWS_SERVER_2019 and AMAZON_LINUX2 are supported for Elastic fleets.

InstanceFamilies

[required] The instance families the application supports. Valid values are GENERAL_PURPOSE and GRAPHICS_G4.

AppBlockArn

[required] The app block ARN to which the application should be associated

Tags

The tags assigned to the application.


Creates a Directory Config object in AppStream 2

Description

Creates a Directory Config object in AppStream 2.0. This object includes the configuration information required to join fleets and image builders to Microsoft Active Directory domains.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_create_directory_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_create_directory_config(
  DirectoryName,
  OrganizationalUnitDistinguishedNames,
  ServiceAccountCredentials = NULL,
  CertificateBasedAuthProperties = NULL
)

Arguments

DirectoryName

[required] The fully qualified name of the directory (for example, corp.example.com).

OrganizationalUnitDistinguishedNames

[required] The distinguished names of the organizational units for computer accounts.

ServiceAccountCredentials

The credentials for the service account used by the fleet or image builder to connect to the directory.

CertificateBasedAuthProperties

The certificate-based authentication properties used to authenticate SAML 2.0 Identity Provider (IdP) user identities to Active Directory domain-joined streaming instances. Fallback is turned on by default when certificate-based authentication is Enabled . Fallback allows users to log in using their AD domain password if certificate-based authentication is unsuccessful, or to unlock a desktop lock screen. Enabled_no_directory_login_fallback enables certificate-based authentication, but does not allow users to log in using their AD domain password. Users will be disconnected to re-authenticate using certificates.


Creates a new entitlement

Description

Creates a new entitlement. Entitlements control access to specific applications within a stack, based on user attributes. Entitlements apply to SAML 2.0 federated user identities. Amazon AppStream 2.0 user pool and streaming URL users are entitled to all applications in a stack. Entitlements don't apply to the desktop stream view application, or to applications managed by a dynamic app provider using the Dynamic Application Framework.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_create_entitlement/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_create_entitlement(
  Name,
  StackName,
  Description = NULL,
  AppVisibility,
  Attributes
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the entitlement.

StackName

[required] The name of the stack with which the entitlement is associated.

Description

The description of the entitlement.

AppVisibility

[required] Specifies whether all or selected apps are entitled.

Attributes

[required] The attributes of the entitlement.


Creates a fleet

Description

Creates a fleet. A fleet consists of streaming instances that your users access for their applications and desktops.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_create_fleet/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_create_fleet(
  Name,
  ImageName = NULL,
  ImageArn = NULL,
  InstanceType,
  FleetType = NULL,
  ComputeCapacity = NULL,
  VpcConfig = NULL,
  MaxUserDurationInSeconds = NULL,
  DisconnectTimeoutInSeconds = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  DisplayName = NULL,
  EnableDefaultInternetAccess = NULL,
  DomainJoinInfo = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  IdleDisconnectTimeoutInSeconds = NULL,
  IamRoleArn = NULL,
  StreamView = NULL,
  Platform = NULL,
  MaxConcurrentSessions = NULL,
  UsbDeviceFilterStrings = NULL,
  SessionScriptS3Location = NULL,
  MaxSessionsPerInstance = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] A unique name for the fleet.

ImageName

The name of the image used to create the fleet.

ImageArn

The ARN of the public, private, or shared image to use.

InstanceType

[required] The instance type to use when launching fleet instances. The following instance types are available:

  • stream.standard.small

  • stream.standard.medium

  • stream.standard.large

  • stream.standard.xlarge

  • stream.standard.2xlarge

  • stream.compute.large

  • stream.compute.xlarge

  • stream.compute.2xlarge

  • stream.compute.4xlarge

  • stream.compute.8xlarge

  • stream.memory.large

  • stream.memory.xlarge

  • stream.memory.2xlarge

  • stream.memory.4xlarge

  • stream.memory.8xlarge

  • stream.memory.z1d.large

  • stream.memory.z1d.xlarge

  • stream.memory.z1d.2xlarge

  • stream.memory.z1d.3xlarge

  • stream.memory.z1d.6xlarge

  • stream.memory.z1d.12xlarge

  • stream.graphics-design.large

  • stream.graphics-design.xlarge

  • stream.graphics-design.2xlarge

  • stream.graphics-design.4xlarge

  • stream.graphics-desktop.2xlarge

  • stream.graphics.g4dn.xlarge

  • stream.graphics.g4dn.2xlarge

  • stream.graphics.g4dn.4xlarge

  • stream.graphics.g4dn.8xlarge

  • stream.graphics.g4dn.12xlarge

  • stream.graphics.g4dn.16xlarge

  • stream.graphics.g5.xlarge

  • stream.graphics.g5.2xlarge

  • stream.graphics.g5.4xlarge

  • stream.graphics.g5.8xlarge

  • stream.graphics.g5.12xlarge

  • stream.graphics.g5.16xlarge

  • stream.graphics.g5.24xlarge

  • stream.graphics-pro.4xlarge

  • stream.graphics-pro.8xlarge

  • stream.graphics-pro.16xlarge

The following instance types are available for Elastic fleets:

  • stream.standard.small

  • stream.standard.medium

  • stream.standard.large

  • stream.standard.xlarge

  • stream.standard.2xlarge

FleetType

The fleet type.

ALWAYS_ON

Provides users with instant-on access to their apps. You are charged for all running instances in your fleet, even if no users are streaming apps.

ON_DEMAND

Provide users with access to applications after they connect, which takes one to two minutes. You are charged for instance streaming when users are connected and a small hourly fee for instances that are not streaming apps.

ComputeCapacity

The desired capacity for the fleet. This is not allowed for Elastic fleets. For Elastic fleets, specify MaxConcurrentSessions instead.

VpcConfig

The VPC configuration for the fleet. This is required for Elastic fleets, but not required for other fleet types. Elastic fleets require that you specify at least two subnets in different availability zones.

MaxUserDurationInSeconds

The maximum amount of time that a streaming session can remain active, in seconds. If users are still connected to a streaming instance five minutes before this limit is reached, they are prompted to save any open documents before being disconnected. After this time elapses, the instance is terminated and replaced by a new instance.

Specify a value between 600 and 432000.

DisconnectTimeoutInSeconds

The amount of time that a streaming session remains active after users disconnect. If users try to reconnect to the streaming session after a disconnection or network interruption within this time interval, they are connected to their previous session. Otherwise, they are connected to a new session with a new streaming instance.

Specify a value between 60 and 36000.

Description

The description to display.

DisplayName

The fleet name to display.

EnableDefaultInternetAccess

Enables or disables default internet access for the fleet.

DomainJoinInfo

The name of the directory and organizational unit (OU) to use to join the fleet to a Microsoft Active Directory domain. This is not allowed for Elastic fleets.

Tags

The tags to associate with the fleet. A tag is a key-value pair, and the value is optional. For example, Environment=Test. If you do not specify a value, Environment=.

If you do not specify a value, the value is set to an empty string.

Generally allowed characters are: letters, numbers, and spaces representable in UTF-8, and the following special characters:

_ . : / = + \ - @

For more information, see Tagging Your Resources in the Amazon AppStream 2.0 Administration Guide.

IdleDisconnectTimeoutInSeconds

The amount of time that users can be idle (inactive) before they are disconnected from their streaming session and the DisconnectTimeoutInSeconds time interval begins. Users are notified before they are disconnected due to inactivity. If they try to reconnect to the streaming session before the time interval specified in DisconnectTimeoutInSeconds elapses, they are connected to their previous session. Users are considered idle when they stop providing keyboard or mouse input during their streaming session. File uploads and downloads, audio in, audio out, and pixels changing do not qualify as user activity. If users continue to be idle after the time interval in IdleDisconnectTimeoutInSeconds elapses, they are disconnected.

To prevent users from being disconnected due to inactivity, specify a value of 0. Otherwise, specify a value between 60 and 36000. The default value is 0.

If you enable this feature, we recommend that you specify a value that corresponds exactly to a whole number of minutes (for example, 60, 120, and 180). If you don't do this, the value is rounded to the nearest minute. For example, if you specify a value of 70, users are disconnected after 1 minute of inactivity. If you specify a value that is at the midpoint between two different minutes, the value is rounded up. For example, if you specify a value of 90, users are disconnected after 2 minutes of inactivity.

IamRoleArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to apply to the fleet. To assume a role, a fleet instance calls the AWS Security Token Service (STS) AssumeRole API operation and passes the ARN of the role to use. The operation creates a new session with temporary credentials. AppStream 2.0 retrieves the temporary credentials and creates the appstream_machine_role credential profile on the instance.

For more information, see Using an IAM Role to Grant Permissions to Applications and Scripts Running on AppStream 2.0 Streaming Instances in the Amazon AppStream 2.0 Administration Guide.

StreamView

The AppStream 2.0 view that is displayed to your users when they stream from the fleet. When APP is specified, only the windows of applications opened by users display. When DESKTOP is specified, the standard desktop that is provided by the operating system displays.

The default value is APP.

Platform

The fleet platform. WINDOWS_SERVER_2019 and AMAZON_LINUX2 are supported for Elastic fleets.

MaxConcurrentSessions

The maximum concurrent sessions of the Elastic fleet. This is required for Elastic fleets, and not allowed for other fleet types.

UsbDeviceFilterStrings

The USB device filter strings that specify which USB devices a user can redirect to the fleet streaming session, when using the Windows native client. This is allowed but not required for Elastic fleets.

SessionScriptS3Location

The S3 location of the session scripts configuration zip file. This only applies to Elastic fleets.

MaxSessionsPerInstance

The maximum number of user sessions on an instance. This only applies to multi-session fleets.


Creates an image builder

Description

Creates an image builder. An image builder is a virtual machine that is used to create an image.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_create_image_builder/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_create_image_builder(
  Name,
  ImageName = NULL,
  ImageArn = NULL,
  InstanceType,
  Description = NULL,
  DisplayName = NULL,
  VpcConfig = NULL,
  IamRoleArn = NULL,
  EnableDefaultInternetAccess = NULL,
  DomainJoinInfo = NULL,
  AppstreamAgentVersion = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  AccessEndpoints = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] A unique name for the image builder.

ImageName

The name of the image used to create the image builder.

ImageArn

The ARN of the public, private, or shared image to use.

InstanceType

[required] The instance type to use when launching the image builder. The following instance types are available:

  • stream.standard.small

  • stream.standard.medium

  • stream.standard.large

  • stream.compute.large

  • stream.compute.xlarge

  • stream.compute.2xlarge

  • stream.compute.4xlarge

  • stream.compute.8xlarge

  • stream.memory.large

  • stream.memory.xlarge

  • stream.memory.2xlarge

  • stream.memory.4xlarge

  • stream.memory.8xlarge

  • stream.memory.z1d.large

  • stream.memory.z1d.xlarge

  • stream.memory.z1d.2xlarge

  • stream.memory.z1d.3xlarge

  • stream.memory.z1d.6xlarge

  • stream.memory.z1d.12xlarge

  • stream.graphics-design.large

  • stream.graphics-design.xlarge

  • stream.graphics-design.2xlarge

  • stream.graphics-design.4xlarge

  • stream.graphics-desktop.2xlarge

  • stream.graphics.g4dn.xlarge

  • stream.graphics.g4dn.2xlarge

  • stream.graphics.g4dn.4xlarge

  • stream.graphics.g4dn.8xlarge

  • stream.graphics.g4dn.12xlarge

  • stream.graphics.g4dn.16xlarge

  • stream.graphics-pro.4xlarge

  • stream.graphics-pro.8xlarge

  • stream.graphics-pro.16xlarge

Description

The description to display.

DisplayName

The image builder name to display.

VpcConfig

The VPC configuration for the image builder. You can specify only one subnet.

IamRoleArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to apply to the image builder. To assume a role, the image builder calls the AWS Security Token Service (STS) AssumeRole API operation and passes the ARN of the role to use. The operation creates a new session with temporary credentials. AppStream 2.0 retrieves the temporary credentials and creates the appstream_machine_role credential profile on the instance.

For more information, see Using an IAM Role to Grant Permissions to Applications and Scripts Running on AppStream 2.0 Streaming Instances in the Amazon AppStream 2.0 Administration Guide.

EnableDefaultInternetAccess

Enables or disables default internet access for the image builder.

DomainJoinInfo

The name of the directory and organizational unit (OU) to use to join the image builder to a Microsoft Active Directory domain.

AppstreamAgentVersion

The version of the AppStream 2.0 agent to use for this image builder. To use the latest version of the AppStream 2.0 agent, specify [LATEST].

Tags

The tags to associate with the image builder. A tag is a key-value pair, and the value is optional. For example, Environment=Test. If you do not specify a value, Environment=.

Generally allowed characters are: letters, numbers, and spaces representable in UTF-8, and the following special characters:

_ . : / = + \ - @

If you do not specify a value, the value is set to an empty string.

For more information about tags, see Tagging Your Resources in the Amazon AppStream 2.0 Administration Guide.

AccessEndpoints

The list of interface VPC endpoint (interface endpoint) objects. Administrators can connect to the image builder only through the specified endpoints.


Creates a URL to start an image builder streaming session

Description

Creates a URL to start an image builder streaming session.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_create_image_builder_streaming_url/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_create_image_builder_streaming_url(Name, Validity = NULL)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the image builder.

Validity

The time that the streaming URL will be valid, in seconds. Specify a value between 1 and 604800 seconds. The default is 3600 seconds.


Creates a stack to start streaming applications to users

Description

Creates a stack to start streaming applications to users. A stack consists of an associated fleet, user access policies, and storage configurations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_create_stack/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_create_stack(
  Name,
  Description = NULL,
  DisplayName = NULL,
  StorageConnectors = NULL,
  RedirectURL = NULL,
  FeedbackURL = NULL,
  UserSettings = NULL,
  ApplicationSettings = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  AccessEndpoints = NULL,
  EmbedHostDomains = NULL,
  StreamingExperienceSettings = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the stack.

Description

The description to display.

DisplayName

The stack name to display.

StorageConnectors

The storage connectors to enable.

RedirectURL

The URL that users are redirected to after their streaming session ends.

FeedbackURL

The URL that users are redirected to after they click the Send Feedback link. If no URL is specified, no Send Feedback link is displayed.

UserSettings

The actions that are enabled or disabled for users during their streaming sessions. By default, these actions are enabled.

ApplicationSettings

The persistent application settings for users of a stack. When these settings are enabled, changes that users make to applications and Windows settings are automatically saved after each session and applied to the next session.

Tags

The tags to associate with the stack. A tag is a key-value pair, and the value is optional. For example, Environment=Test. If you do not specify a value, Environment=.

If you do not specify a value, the value is set to an empty string.

Generally allowed characters are: letters, numbers, and spaces representable in UTF-8, and the following special characters:

_ . : / = + \ - @

For more information about tags, see Tagging Your Resources in the Amazon AppStream 2.0 Administration Guide.

AccessEndpoints

The list of interface VPC endpoint (interface endpoint) objects. Users of the stack can connect to AppStream 2.0 only through the specified endpoints.

EmbedHostDomains

The domains where AppStream 2.0 streaming sessions can be embedded in an iframe. You must approve the domains that you want to host embedded AppStream 2.0 streaming sessions.

StreamingExperienceSettings

The streaming protocol you want your stack to prefer. This can be UDP or TCP. Currently, UDP is only supported in the Windows native client.


Creates a temporary URL to start an AppStream 2

Description

Creates a temporary URL to start an AppStream 2.0 streaming session for the specified user. A streaming URL enables application streaming to be tested without user setup.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_create_streaming_url/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_create_streaming_url(
  StackName,
  FleetName,
  UserId,
  ApplicationId = NULL,
  Validity = NULL,
  SessionContext = NULL
)

Arguments

StackName

[required] The name of the stack.

FleetName

[required] The name of the fleet.

UserId

[required] The identifier of the user.

ApplicationId

The name of the application to launch after the session starts. This is the name that you specified as Name in the Image Assistant. If your fleet is enabled for the Desktop stream view, you can also choose to launch directly to the operating system desktop. To do so, specify Desktop.

Validity

The time that the streaming URL will be valid, in seconds. Specify a value between 1 and 604800 seconds. The default is 60 seconds.

SessionContext

The session context. For more information, see Session Context in the Amazon AppStream 2.0 Administration Guide.


Creates custom branding that customizes the appearance of the streaming application catalog page

Description

Creates custom branding that customizes the appearance of the streaming application catalog page.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_create_theme_for_stack/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_create_theme_for_stack(
  StackName,
  FooterLinks = NULL,
  TitleText,
  ThemeStyling,
  OrganizationLogoS3Location,
  FaviconS3Location
)

Arguments

StackName

[required] The name of the stack for the theme.

FooterLinks

The links that are displayed in the footer of the streaming application catalog page. These links are helpful resources for users, such as the organization's IT support and product marketing sites.

TitleText

[required] The title that is displayed at the top of the browser tab during users' application streaming sessions.

ThemeStyling

[required] The color theme that is applied to website links, text, and buttons. These colors are also applied as accents in the background for the streaming application catalog page.

OrganizationLogoS3Location

[required] The organization logo that appears on the streaming application catalog page.

FaviconS3Location

[required] The S3 location of the favicon. The favicon enables users to recognize their application streaming site in a browser full of tabs or bookmarks. It is displayed at the top of the browser tab for the application streaming site during users' streaming sessions.


Creates a new image with the latest Windows operating system updates, driver updates, and AppStream 2

Description

Creates a new image with the latest Windows operating system updates, driver updates, and AppStream 2.0 agent software.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_create_updated_image/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_create_updated_image(
  existingImageName,
  newImageName,
  newImageDescription = NULL,
  newImageDisplayName = NULL,
  newImageTags = NULL,
  dryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

existingImageName

[required] The name of the image to update.

newImageName

[required] The name of the new image. The name must be unique within the AWS account and Region.

newImageDescription

The description to display for the new image.

newImageDisplayName

The name to display for the new image.

newImageTags

The tags to associate with the new image. A tag is a key-value pair, and the value is optional. For example, Environment=Test. If you do not specify a value, Environment=.

Generally allowed characters are: letters, numbers, and spaces representable in UTF-8, and the following special characters:

_ . : / = + \ - @

If you do not specify a value, the value is set to an empty string.

For more information about tags, see Tagging Your Resources in the Amazon AppStream 2.0 Administration Guide.

dryRun

Indicates whether to display the status of image update availability before AppStream 2.0 initiates the process of creating a new updated image. If this value is set to true, AppStream 2.0 displays whether image updates are available. If this value is set to false, AppStream 2.0 initiates the process of creating a new updated image without displaying whether image updates are available.


Creates a usage report subscription

Description

Creates a usage report subscription. Usage reports are generated daily.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_create_usage_report_subscription/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_create_usage_report_subscription()

Creates a new user in the user pool

Description

Creates a new user in the user pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_create_user/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_create_user(
  UserName,
  MessageAction = NULL,
  FirstName = NULL,
  LastName = NULL,
  AuthenticationType
)

Arguments

UserName

[required] The email address of the user.

Users' email addresses are case-sensitive. During login, if they specify an email address that doesn't use the same capitalization as the email address specified when their user pool account was created, a "user does not exist" error message displays.

MessageAction

The action to take for the welcome email that is sent to a user after the user is created in the user pool. If you specify SUPPRESS, no email is sent. If you specify RESEND, do not specify the first name or last name of the user. If the value is null, the email is sent.

The temporary password in the welcome email is valid for only 7 days. If users don’t set their passwords within 7 days, you must send them a new welcome email.

FirstName

The first name, or given name, of the user.

LastName

The last name, or surname, of the user.

AuthenticationType

[required] The authentication type for the user. You must specify USERPOOL.


Deletes an app block

Description

Deletes an app block.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_delete_app_block/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_delete_app_block(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the app block.


Deletes an app block builder

Description

Deletes an app block builder.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_delete_app_block_builder/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_delete_app_block_builder(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the app block builder.


Deletes an application

Description

Deletes an application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_delete_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_delete_application(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the application.


Deletes the specified Directory Config object from AppStream 2

Description

Deletes the specified Directory Config object from AppStream 2.0. This object includes the information required to join streaming instances to an Active Directory domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_delete_directory_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_delete_directory_config(DirectoryName)

Arguments

DirectoryName

[required] The name of the directory configuration.


Deletes the specified entitlement

Description

Deletes the specified entitlement.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_delete_entitlement/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_delete_entitlement(Name, StackName)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the entitlement.

StackName

[required] The name of the stack with which the entitlement is associated.


Deletes the specified fleet

Description

Deletes the specified fleet.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_delete_fleet/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_delete_fleet(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the fleet.


Deletes the specified image

Description

Deletes the specified image. You cannot delete an image when it is in use. After you delete an image, you cannot provision new capacity using the image.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_delete_image/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_delete_image(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the image.


Deletes the specified image builder and releases the capacity

Description

Deletes the specified image builder and releases the capacity.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_delete_image_builder/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_delete_image_builder(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the image builder.


Deletes permissions for the specified private image

Description

Deletes permissions for the specified private image. After you delete permissions for an image, AWS accounts to which you previously granted these permissions can no longer use the image.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_delete_image_permissions/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_delete_image_permissions(Name, SharedAccountId)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the private image.

SharedAccountId

[required] The 12-digit identifier of the AWS account for which to delete image permissions.


Deletes the specified stack

Description

Deletes the specified stack. After the stack is deleted, the application streaming environment provided by the stack is no longer available to users. Also, any reservations made for application streaming sessions for the stack are released.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_delete_stack/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_delete_stack(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the stack.


Deletes custom branding that customizes the appearance of the streaming application catalog page

Description

Deletes custom branding that customizes the appearance of the streaming application catalog page.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_delete_theme_for_stack/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_delete_theme_for_stack(StackName)

Arguments

StackName

[required] The name of the stack for the theme.


Disables usage report generation

Description

Disables usage report generation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_delete_usage_report_subscription/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_delete_usage_report_subscription()

Deletes a user from the user pool

Description

Deletes a user from the user pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_delete_user/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_delete_user(UserName, AuthenticationType)

Arguments

UserName

[required] The email address of the user.

Users' email addresses are case-sensitive.

AuthenticationType

[required] The authentication type for the user. You must specify USERPOOL.


Retrieves a list that describes one or more app block builder associations

Description

Retrieves a list that describes one or more app block builder associations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_describe_app_block_builder_app_block_associations/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_describe_app_block_builder_app_block_associations(
  AppBlockArn = NULL,
  AppBlockBuilderName = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

AppBlockArn

The ARN of the app block.

AppBlockBuilderName

The name of the app block builder.

MaxResults

The maximum size of each page of results.

NextToken

The pagination token used to retrieve the next page of results for this operation.


Retrieves a list that describes one or more app block builders

Description

Retrieves a list that describes one or more app block builders.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_describe_app_block_builders/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_describe_app_block_builders(
  Names = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

Names

The names of the app block builders.

NextToken

The pagination token used to retrieve the next page of results for this operation.

MaxResults

The maximum size of each page of results. The maximum value is 25.


Retrieves a list that describes one or more app blocks

Description

Retrieves a list that describes one or more app blocks.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_describe_app_blocks/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_describe_app_blocks(Arns = NULL, NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

Arns

The ARNs of the app blocks.

NextToken

The pagination token used to retrieve the next page of results for this operation.

MaxResults

The maximum size of each page of results.


Retrieves a list that describes one or more application fleet associations

Description

Retrieves a list that describes one or more application fleet associations. Either ApplicationArn or FleetName must be specified.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_describe_application_fleet_associations/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_describe_application_fleet_associations(
  FleetName = NULL,
  ApplicationArn = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

FleetName

The name of the fleet.

ApplicationArn

The ARN of the application.

MaxResults

The maximum size of each page of results.

NextToken

The pagination token used to retrieve the next page of results for this operation.


Retrieves a list that describes one or more applications

Description

Retrieves a list that describes one or more applications.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_describe_applications/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_describe_applications(
  Arns = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

Arns

The ARNs for the applications.

NextToken

The pagination token used to retrieve the next page of results for this operation.

MaxResults

The maximum size of each page of results.


Retrieves a list that describes one or more specified Directory Config objects for AppStream 2

Description

Retrieves a list that describes one or more specified Directory Config objects for AppStream 2.0, if the names for these objects are provided. Otherwise, all Directory Config objects in the account are described. These objects include the configuration information required to join fleets and image builders to Microsoft Active Directory domains.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_describe_directory_configs/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_describe_directory_configs(
  DirectoryNames = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DirectoryNames

The directory names.

MaxResults

The maximum size of each page of results.

NextToken

The pagination token to use to retrieve the next page of results for this operation. If this value is null, it retrieves the first page.


Retrieves a list that describes one of more entitlements

Description

Retrieves a list that describes one of more entitlements.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_describe_entitlements/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_describe_entitlements(
  Name = NULL,
  StackName,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

The name of the entitlement.

StackName

[required] The name of the stack with which the entitlement is associated.

NextToken

The pagination token used to retrieve the next page of results for this operation.

MaxResults

The maximum size of each page of results.


Retrieves a list that describes one or more specified fleets, if the fleet names are provided

Description

Retrieves a list that describes one or more specified fleets, if the fleet names are provided. Otherwise, all fleets in the account are described.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_describe_fleets/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_describe_fleets(Names = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

Names

The names of the fleets to describe.

NextToken

The pagination token to use to retrieve the next page of results for this operation. If this value is null, it retrieves the first page.


Retrieves a list that describes one or more specified image builders, if the image builder names are provided

Description

Retrieves a list that describes one or more specified image builders, if the image builder names are provided. Otherwise, all image builders in the account are described.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_describe_image_builders/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_describe_image_builders(
  Names = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

Names

The names of the image builders to describe.

MaxResults

The maximum size of each page of results.

NextToken

The pagination token to use to retrieve the next page of results for this operation. If this value is null, it retrieves the first page.


Retrieves a list that describes the permissions for shared AWS account IDs on a private image that you own

Description

Retrieves a list that describes the permissions for shared AWS account IDs on a private image that you own.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_describe_image_permissions/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_describe_image_permissions(
  Name,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  SharedAwsAccountIds = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the private image for which to describe permissions. The image must be one that you own.

MaxResults

The maximum size of each page of results.

SharedAwsAccountIds

The 12-digit identifier of one or more AWS accounts with which the image is shared.

NextToken

The pagination token to use to retrieve the next page of results for this operation. If this value is null, it retrieves the first page.


Retrieves a list that describes one or more specified images, if the image names or image ARNs are provided

Description

Retrieves a list that describes one or more specified images, if the image names or image ARNs are provided. Otherwise, all images in the account are described.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_describe_images/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_describe_images(
  Names = NULL,
  Arns = NULL,
  Type = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

Names

The names of the public or private images to describe.

Arns

The ARNs of the public, private, and shared images to describe.

Type

The type of image (public, private, or shared) to describe.

NextToken

The pagination token to use to retrieve the next page of results for this operation. If this value is null, it retrieves the first page.

MaxResults

The maximum size of each page of results.


Retrieves a list that describes the streaming sessions for a specified stack and fleet

Description

Retrieves a list that describes the streaming sessions for a specified stack and fleet. If a UserId is provided for the stack and fleet, only streaming sessions for that user are described. If an authentication type is not provided, the default is to authenticate users using a streaming URL.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_describe_sessions/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_describe_sessions(
  StackName,
  FleetName,
  UserId = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  Limit = NULL,
  AuthenticationType = NULL,
  InstanceId = NULL
)

Arguments

StackName

[required] The name of the stack. This value is case-sensitive.

FleetName

[required] The name of the fleet. This value is case-sensitive.

UserId

The user identifier (ID). If you specify a user ID, you must also specify the authentication type.

NextToken

The pagination token to use to retrieve the next page of results for this operation. If this value is null, it retrieves the first page.

Limit

The size of each page of results. The default value is 20 and the maximum value is 50.

AuthenticationType

The authentication method. Specify API for a user authenticated using a streaming URL or SAML for a SAML federated user. The default is to authenticate users using a streaming URL.

InstanceId

The identifier for the instance hosting the session.


Retrieves a list that describes one or more specified stacks, if the stack names are provided

Description

Retrieves a list that describes one or more specified stacks, if the stack names are provided. Otherwise, all stacks in the account are described.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_describe_stacks/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_describe_stacks(Names = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

Names

The names of the stacks to describe.

NextToken

The pagination token to use to retrieve the next page of results for this operation. If this value is null, it retrieves the first page.


Retrieves a list that describes the theme for a specified stack

Description

Retrieves a list that describes the theme for a specified stack. A theme is custom branding that customizes the appearance of the streaming application catalog page.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_describe_theme_for_stack/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_describe_theme_for_stack(StackName)

Arguments

StackName

[required] The name of the stack for the theme.


Retrieves a list that describes one or more usage report subscriptions

Description

Retrieves a list that describes one or more usage report subscriptions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_describe_usage_report_subscriptions/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_describe_usage_report_subscriptions(
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

MaxResults

The maximum size of each page of results.

NextToken

The pagination token to use to retrieve the next page of results for this operation. If this value is null, it retrieves the first page.


Retrieves a list that describes the UserStackAssociation objects

Description

Retrieves a list that describes the UserStackAssociation objects. You must specify either or both of the following:

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_describe_user_stack_associations/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_describe_user_stack_associations(
  StackName = NULL,
  UserName = NULL,
  AuthenticationType = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

StackName

The name of the stack that is associated with the user.

UserName

The email address of the user who is associated with the stack.

Users' email addresses are case-sensitive.

AuthenticationType

The authentication type for the user who is associated with the stack. You must specify USERPOOL.

MaxResults

The maximum size of each page of results.

NextToken

The pagination token to use to retrieve the next page of results for this operation. If this value is null, it retrieves the first page.


Retrieves a list that describes one or more specified users in the user pool

Description

Retrieves a list that describes one or more specified users in the user pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_describe_users/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_describe_users(
  AuthenticationType,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

AuthenticationType

[required] The authentication type for the users in the user pool to describe. You must specify USERPOOL.

MaxResults

The maximum size of each page of results.

NextToken

The pagination token to use to retrieve the next page of results for this operation. If this value is null, it retrieves the first page.


Disables the specified user in the user pool

Description

Disables the specified user in the user pool. Users can't sign in to AppStream 2.0 until they are re-enabled. This action does not delete the user.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_disable_user/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_disable_user(UserName, AuthenticationType)

Arguments

UserName

[required] The email address of the user.

Users' email addresses are case-sensitive.

AuthenticationType

[required] The authentication type for the user. You must specify USERPOOL.


Disassociates a specified app block builder from a specified app block

Description

Disassociates a specified app block builder from a specified app block.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_disassociate_app_block_builder_app_block/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_disassociate_app_block_builder_app_block(
  AppBlockArn,
  AppBlockBuilderName
)

Arguments

AppBlockArn

[required] The ARN of the app block.

AppBlockBuilderName

[required] The name of the app block builder.


Disassociates the specified application from the fleet

Description

Disassociates the specified application from the fleet.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_disassociate_application_fleet/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_disassociate_application_fleet(FleetName, ApplicationArn)

Arguments

FleetName

[required] The name of the fleet.

ApplicationArn

[required] The ARN of the application.


Deletes the specified application from the specified entitlement

Description

Deletes the specified application from the specified entitlement.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_disassociate_application_from_entitlement/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_disassociate_application_from_entitlement(
  StackName,
  EntitlementName,
  ApplicationIdentifier
)

Arguments

StackName

[required] The name of the stack with which the entitlement is associated.

EntitlementName

[required] The name of the entitlement.

ApplicationIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the application to remove from the entitlement.


Disassociates the specified fleet from the specified stack

Description

Disassociates the specified fleet from the specified stack.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_disassociate_fleet/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_disassociate_fleet(FleetName, StackName)

Arguments

FleetName

[required] The name of the fleet.

StackName

[required] The name of the stack.


Enables a user in the user pool

Description

Enables a user in the user pool. After being enabled, users can sign in to AppStream 2.0 and open applications from the stacks to which they are assigned.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_enable_user/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_enable_user(UserName, AuthenticationType)

Arguments

UserName

[required] The email address of the user.

Users' email addresses are case-sensitive. During login, if they specify an email address that doesn't use the same capitalization as the email address specified when their user pool account was created, a "user does not exist" error message displays.

AuthenticationType

[required] The authentication type for the user. You must specify USERPOOL.


Immediately stops the specified streaming session

Description

Immediately stops the specified streaming session.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_expire_session/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_expire_session(SessionId)

Arguments

SessionId

[required] The identifier of the streaming session.


Retrieves the name of the fleet that is associated with the specified stack

Description

Retrieves the name of the fleet that is associated with the specified stack.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_list_associated_fleets/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_list_associated_fleets(StackName, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

StackName

[required] The name of the stack.

NextToken

The pagination token to use to retrieve the next page of results for this operation. If this value is null, it retrieves the first page.


Retrieves the name of the stack with which the specified fleet is associated

Description

Retrieves the name of the stack with which the specified fleet is associated.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_list_associated_stacks/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_list_associated_stacks(FleetName, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

FleetName

[required] The name of the fleet.

NextToken

The pagination token to use to retrieve the next page of results for this operation. If this value is null, it retrieves the first page.


Retrieves a list of entitled applications

Description

Retrieves a list of entitled applications.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_list_entitled_applications/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_list_entitled_applications(
  StackName,
  EntitlementName,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

StackName

[required] The name of the stack with which the entitlement is associated.

EntitlementName

[required] The name of the entitlement.

NextToken

The pagination token used to retrieve the next page of results for this operation.

MaxResults

The maximum size of each page of results.


Retrieves a list of all tags for the specified AppStream 2

Description

Retrieves a list of all tags for the specified AppStream 2.0 resource. You can tag AppStream 2.0 image builders, images, fleets, and stacks.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_list_tags_for_resource(ResourceArn)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource.


Starts an app block builder

Description

Starts an app block builder.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_start_app_block_builder/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_start_app_block_builder(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the app block builder.


Starts the specified fleet

Description

Starts the specified fleet.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_start_fleet/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_start_fleet(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the fleet.


Starts the specified image builder

Description

Starts the specified image builder.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_start_image_builder/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_start_image_builder(Name, AppstreamAgentVersion = NULL)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the image builder.

AppstreamAgentVersion

The version of the AppStream 2.0 agent to use for this image builder. To use the latest version of the AppStream 2.0 agent, specify [LATEST].


Stops an app block builder

Description

Stops an app block builder.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_stop_app_block_builder/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_stop_app_block_builder(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the app block builder.


Stops the specified fleet

Description

Stops the specified fleet.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_stop_fleet/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_stop_fleet(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the fleet.


Stops the specified image builder

Description

Stops the specified image builder.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_stop_image_builder/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_stop_image_builder(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the image builder.


Adds or overwrites one or more tags for the specified AppStream 2

Description

Adds or overwrites one or more tags for the specified AppStream 2.0 resource. You can tag AppStream 2.0 image builders, images, fleets, and stacks.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_tag_resource(ResourceArn, Tags)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource.

Tags

[required] The tags to associate. A tag is a key-value pair, and the value is optional. For example, Environment=Test. If you do not specify a value, Environment=.

If you do not specify a value, the value is set to an empty string.

Generally allowed characters are: letters, numbers, and spaces representable in UTF-8, and the following special characters:

_ . : / = + \ - @


Disassociates one or more specified tags from the specified AppStream 2

Description

Disassociates one or more specified tags from the specified AppStream 2.0 resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_untag_resource(ResourceArn, TagKeys)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource.

TagKeys

[required] The tag keys for the tags to disassociate.


Updates an app block builder

Description

Updates an app block builder.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_update_app_block_builder/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_update_app_block_builder(
  Name,
  Description = NULL,
  DisplayName = NULL,
  Platform = NULL,
  InstanceType = NULL,
  VpcConfig = NULL,
  EnableDefaultInternetAccess = NULL,
  IamRoleArn = NULL,
  AccessEndpoints = NULL,
  AttributesToDelete = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The unique name for the app block builder.

Description

The description of the app block builder.

DisplayName

The display name of the app block builder.

Platform

The platform of the app block builder.

WINDOWS_SERVER_2019 is the only valid value.

InstanceType

The instance type to use when launching the app block builder. The following instance types are available:

  • stream.standard.small

  • stream.standard.medium

  • stream.standard.large

  • stream.standard.xlarge

  • stream.standard.2xlarge

VpcConfig

The VPC configuration for the app block builder.

App block builders require that you specify at least two subnets in different availability zones.

EnableDefaultInternetAccess

Enables or disables default internet access for the app block builder.

IamRoleArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to apply to the app block builder. To assume a role, the app block builder calls the AWS Security Token Service (STS) AssumeRole API operation and passes the ARN of the role to use. The operation creates a new session with temporary credentials. AppStream 2.0 retrieves the temporary credentials and creates the appstream_machine_role credential profile on the instance.

For more information, see Using an IAM Role to Grant Permissions to Applications and Scripts Running on AppStream 2.0 Streaming Instances in the Amazon AppStream 2.0 Administration Guide.

AccessEndpoints

The list of interface VPC endpoint (interface endpoint) objects. Administrators can connect to the app block builder only through the specified endpoints.

AttributesToDelete

The attributes to delete from the app block builder.


Updates the specified application

Description

Updates the specified application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_update_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_update_application(
  Name,
  DisplayName = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  IconS3Location = NULL,
  LaunchPath = NULL,
  WorkingDirectory = NULL,
  LaunchParameters = NULL,
  AppBlockArn = NULL,
  AttributesToDelete = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the application. This name is visible to users when display name is not specified.

DisplayName

The display name of the application. This name is visible to users in the application catalog.

Description

The description of the application.

IconS3Location

The icon S3 location of the application.

LaunchPath

The launch path of the application.

WorkingDirectory

The working directory of the application.

LaunchParameters

The launch parameters of the application.

AppBlockArn

The ARN of the app block.

AttributesToDelete

The attributes to delete for an application.


Updates the specified Directory Config object in AppStream 2

Description

Updates the specified Directory Config object in AppStream 2.0. This object includes the configuration information required to join fleets and image builders to Microsoft Active Directory domains.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_update_directory_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_update_directory_config(
  DirectoryName,
  OrganizationalUnitDistinguishedNames = NULL,
  ServiceAccountCredentials = NULL,
  CertificateBasedAuthProperties = NULL
)

Arguments

DirectoryName

[required] The name of the Directory Config object.

OrganizationalUnitDistinguishedNames

The distinguished names of the organizational units for computer accounts.

ServiceAccountCredentials

The credentials for the service account used by the fleet or image builder to connect to the directory.

CertificateBasedAuthProperties

The certificate-based authentication properties used to authenticate SAML 2.0 Identity Provider (IdP) user identities to Active Directory domain-joined streaming instances. Fallback is turned on by default when certificate-based authentication is Enabled . Fallback allows users to log in using their AD domain password if certificate-based authentication is unsuccessful, or to unlock a desktop lock screen. Enabled_no_directory_login_fallback enables certificate-based authentication, but does not allow users to log in using their AD domain password. Users will be disconnected to re-authenticate using certificates.


Updates the specified entitlement

Description

Updates the specified entitlement.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_update_entitlement/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_update_entitlement(
  Name,
  StackName,
  Description = NULL,
  AppVisibility = NULL,
  Attributes = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the entitlement.

StackName

[required] The name of the stack with which the entitlement is associated.

Description

The description of the entitlement.

AppVisibility

Specifies whether all or only selected apps are entitled.

Attributes

The attributes of the entitlement.


Updates the specified fleet

Description

Updates the specified fleet.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_update_fleet/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_update_fleet(
  ImageName = NULL,
  ImageArn = NULL,
  Name = NULL,
  InstanceType = NULL,
  ComputeCapacity = NULL,
  VpcConfig = NULL,
  MaxUserDurationInSeconds = NULL,
  DisconnectTimeoutInSeconds = NULL,
  DeleteVpcConfig = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  DisplayName = NULL,
  EnableDefaultInternetAccess = NULL,
  DomainJoinInfo = NULL,
  IdleDisconnectTimeoutInSeconds = NULL,
  AttributesToDelete = NULL,
  IamRoleArn = NULL,
  StreamView = NULL,
  Platform = NULL,
  MaxConcurrentSessions = NULL,
  UsbDeviceFilterStrings = NULL,
  SessionScriptS3Location = NULL,
  MaxSessionsPerInstance = NULL
)

Arguments

ImageName

The name of the image used to create the fleet.

ImageArn

The ARN of the public, private, or shared image to use.

Name

A unique name for the fleet.

InstanceType

The instance type to use when launching fleet instances. The following instance types are available:

  • stream.standard.small

  • stream.standard.medium

  • stream.standard.large

  • stream.standard.xlarge

  • stream.standard.2xlarge

  • stream.compute.large

  • stream.compute.xlarge

  • stream.compute.2xlarge

  • stream.compute.4xlarge

  • stream.compute.8xlarge

  • stream.memory.large

  • stream.memory.xlarge

  • stream.memory.2xlarge

  • stream.memory.4xlarge

  • stream.memory.8xlarge

  • stream.memory.z1d.large

  • stream.memory.z1d.xlarge

  • stream.memory.z1d.2xlarge

  • stream.memory.z1d.3xlarge

  • stream.memory.z1d.6xlarge

  • stream.memory.z1d.12xlarge

  • stream.graphics-design.large

  • stream.graphics-design.xlarge

  • stream.graphics-design.2xlarge

  • stream.graphics-design.4xlarge

  • stream.graphics-desktop.2xlarge

  • stream.graphics.g4dn.xlarge

  • stream.graphics.g4dn.2xlarge

  • stream.graphics.g4dn.4xlarge

  • stream.graphics.g4dn.8xlarge

  • stream.graphics.g4dn.12xlarge

  • stream.graphics.g4dn.16xlarge

  • stream.graphics-pro.4xlarge

  • stream.graphics-pro.8xlarge

  • stream.graphics-pro.16xlarge

The following instance types are available for Elastic fleets:

  • stream.standard.small

  • stream.standard.medium

  • stream.standard.large

  • stream.standard.xlarge

  • stream.standard.2xlarge

ComputeCapacity

The desired capacity for the fleet. This is not allowed for Elastic fleets.

VpcConfig

The VPC configuration for the fleet. This is required for Elastic fleets, but not required for other fleet types. Elastic fleets require that you specify at least two subnets in different availability zones.

MaxUserDurationInSeconds

The maximum amount of time that a streaming session can remain active, in seconds. If users are still connected to a streaming instance five minutes before this limit is reached, they are prompted to save any open documents before being disconnected. After this time elapses, the instance is terminated and replaced by a new instance.

Specify a value between 600 and 432000.

DisconnectTimeoutInSeconds

The amount of time that a streaming session remains active after users disconnect. If users try to reconnect to the streaming session after a disconnection or network interruption within this time interval, they are connected to their previous session. Otherwise, they are connected to a new session with a new streaming instance.

Specify a value between 60 and 36000.

DeleteVpcConfig

Deletes the VPC association for the specified fleet.

Description

The description to display.

DisplayName

The fleet name to display.

EnableDefaultInternetAccess

Enables or disables default internet access for the fleet.

DomainJoinInfo

The name of the directory and organizational unit (OU) to use to join the fleet to a Microsoft Active Directory domain.

IdleDisconnectTimeoutInSeconds

The amount of time that users can be idle (inactive) before they are disconnected from their streaming session and the DisconnectTimeoutInSeconds time interval begins. Users are notified before they are disconnected due to inactivity. If users try to reconnect to the streaming session before the time interval specified in DisconnectTimeoutInSeconds elapses, they are connected to their previous session. Users are considered idle when they stop providing keyboard or mouse input during their streaming session. File uploads and downloads, audio in, audio out, and pixels changing do not qualify as user activity. If users continue to be idle after the time interval in IdleDisconnectTimeoutInSeconds elapses, they are disconnected.

To prevent users from being disconnected due to inactivity, specify a value of 0. Otherwise, specify a value between 60 and 36000. The default value is 0.

If you enable this feature, we recommend that you specify a value that corresponds exactly to a whole number of minutes (for example, 60, 120, and 180). If you don't do this, the value is rounded to the nearest minute. For example, if you specify a value of 70, users are disconnected after 1 minute of inactivity. If you specify a value that is at the midpoint between two different minutes, the value is rounded up. For example, if you specify a value of 90, users are disconnected after 2 minutes of inactivity.

AttributesToDelete

The fleet attributes to delete.

IamRoleArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to apply to the fleet. To assume a role, a fleet instance calls the AWS Security Token Service (STS) AssumeRole API operation and passes the ARN of the role to use. The operation creates a new session with temporary credentials. AppStream 2.0 retrieves the temporary credentials and creates the appstream_machine_role credential profile on the instance.

For more information, see Using an IAM Role to Grant Permissions to Applications and Scripts Running on AppStream 2.0 Streaming Instances in the Amazon AppStream 2.0 Administration Guide.

StreamView

The AppStream 2.0 view that is displayed to your users when they stream from the fleet. When APP is specified, only the windows of applications opened by users display. When DESKTOP is specified, the standard desktop that is provided by the operating system displays.

The default value is APP.

Platform

The platform of the fleet. WINDOWS_SERVER_2019 and AMAZON_LINUX2 are supported for Elastic fleets.

MaxConcurrentSessions

The maximum number of concurrent sessions for a fleet.

UsbDeviceFilterStrings

The USB device filter strings that specify which USB devices a user can redirect to the fleet streaming session, when using the Windows native client. This is allowed but not required for Elastic fleets.

SessionScriptS3Location

The S3 location of the session scripts configuration zip file. This only applies to Elastic fleets.

MaxSessionsPerInstance

The maximum number of user sessions on an instance. This only applies to multi-session fleets.


Adds or updates permissions for the specified private image

Description

Adds or updates permissions for the specified private image.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_update_image_permissions/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_update_image_permissions(Name, SharedAccountId, ImagePermissions)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the private image.

SharedAccountId

[required] The 12-digit identifier of the AWS account for which you want add or update image permissions.

ImagePermissions

[required] The permissions for the image.


Updates the specified fields for the specified stack

Description

Updates the specified fields for the specified stack.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_update_stack/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_update_stack(
  DisplayName = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  Name,
  StorageConnectors = NULL,
  DeleteStorageConnectors = NULL,
  RedirectURL = NULL,
  FeedbackURL = NULL,
  AttributesToDelete = NULL,
  UserSettings = NULL,
  ApplicationSettings = NULL,
  AccessEndpoints = NULL,
  EmbedHostDomains = NULL,
  StreamingExperienceSettings = NULL
)

Arguments

DisplayName

The stack name to display.

Description

The description to display.

Name

[required] The name of the stack.

StorageConnectors

The storage connectors to enable.

DeleteStorageConnectors

Deletes the storage connectors currently enabled for the stack.

RedirectURL

The URL that users are redirected to after their streaming session ends.

FeedbackURL

The URL that users are redirected to after they choose the Send Feedback link. If no URL is specified, no Send Feedback link is displayed.

AttributesToDelete

The stack attributes to delete.

UserSettings

The actions that are enabled or disabled for users during their streaming sessions. By default, these actions are enabled.

ApplicationSettings

The persistent application settings for users of a stack. When these settings are enabled, changes that users make to applications and Windows settings are automatically saved after each session and applied to the next session.

AccessEndpoints

The list of interface VPC endpoint (interface endpoint) objects. Users of the stack can connect to AppStream 2.0 only through the specified endpoints.

EmbedHostDomains

The domains where AppStream 2.0 streaming sessions can be embedded in an iframe. You must approve the domains that you want to host embedded AppStream 2.0 streaming sessions.

StreamingExperienceSettings

The streaming protocol you want your stack to prefer. This can be UDP or TCP. Currently, UDP is only supported in the Windows native client.


Updates custom branding that customizes the appearance of the streaming application catalog page

Description

Updates custom branding that customizes the appearance of the streaming application catalog page.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/appstream_update_theme_for_stack/ for full documentation.

Usage

appstream_update_theme_for_stack(
  StackName,
  FooterLinks = NULL,
  TitleText = NULL,
  ThemeStyling = NULL,
  OrganizationLogoS3Location = NULL,
  FaviconS3Location = NULL,
  State = NULL,
  AttributesToDelete = NULL
)

Arguments

StackName

[required] The name of the stack for the theme.

FooterLinks

The links that are displayed in the footer of the streaming application catalog page. These links are helpful resources for users, such as the organization's IT support and product marketing sites.

TitleText

The title that is displayed at the top of the browser tab during users' application streaming sessions.

ThemeStyling

The color theme that is applied to website links, text, and buttons. These colors are also applied as accents in the background for the streaming application catalog page.

OrganizationLogoS3Location

The organization logo that appears on the streaming application catalog page.

FaviconS3Location

The S3 location of the favicon. The favicon enables users to recognize their application streaming site in a browser full of tabs or bookmarks. It is displayed at the top of the browser tab for the application streaming site during users' streaming sessions.

State

Specifies whether custom branding should be applied to catalog page or not.

AttributesToDelete

The attributes to delete.


AWS Chatbot

Description

The AWS Chatbot API Reference provides descriptions, API request parameters, and the XML response for each of the AWS Chatbot API actions.

AWS Chatbot APIs are currently available in the following Regions:

The AWS Chatbot console can only be used in US East (Ohio). Your configuration data however, is stored in each of the relevant available Regions.

Your AWS CloudTrail events are logged in whatever Region you call from, not US East (N. Virginia) by default.

Usage

chatbot(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- chatbot(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

associate_to_configuration Links a resource (for example, a custom action) to a channel configuration
create_chime_webhook_configuration Creates an AWS Chatbot configuration for Amazon Chime
create_custom_action Creates a custom action that can be invoked as an alias or as a button on a notification
create_microsoft_teams_channel_configuration Creates an AWS Chatbot configuration for Microsoft Teams
create_slack_channel_configuration Creates an AWS Chatbot confugration for Slack
delete_chime_webhook_configuration Deletes a Amazon Chime webhook configuration for AWS Chatbot
delete_custom_action Deletes a custom action
delete_microsoft_teams_channel_configuration Deletes a Microsoft Teams channel configuration for AWS Chatbot
delete_microsoft_teams_configured_team Deletes the Microsoft Teams team authorization allowing for channels to be configured in that Microsoft Teams team
delete_microsoft_teams_user_identity Identifes a user level permission for a channel configuration
delete_slack_channel_configuration Deletes a Slack channel configuration for AWS Chatbot
delete_slack_user_identity Deletes a user level permission for a Slack channel configuration
delete_slack_workspace_authorization Deletes the Slack workspace authorization that allows channels to be configured in that workspace
describe_chime_webhook_configurations Lists Amazon Chime webhook configurations optionally filtered by ChatConfigurationArn
describe_slack_channel_configurations Lists Slack channel configurations optionally filtered by ChatConfigurationArn
describe_slack_user_identities Lists all Slack user identities with a mapped role
describe_slack_workspaces List all authorized Slack workspaces connected to the AWS Account onboarded with AWS Chatbot
disassociate_from_configuration Unlink a resource, for example a custom action, from a channel configuration
get_account_preferences Returns AWS Chatbot account preferences
get_custom_action Returns a custom action
get_microsoft_teams_channel_configuration Returns a Microsoft Teams channel configuration in an AWS account
list_associations Lists resources associated with a channel configuration
list_custom_actions Lists custom actions defined in this account
list_microsoft_teams_channel_configurations Lists all AWS Chatbot Microsoft Teams channel configurations in an AWS account
list_microsoft_teams_configured_teams Lists all authorized Microsoft Teams for an AWS Account
list_microsoft_teams_user_identities A list all Microsoft Teams user identities with a mapped role
list_tags_for_resource Lists all of the tags associated with the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that you specify
tag_resource Attaches a key-value pair to a resource, as identified by its Amazon Resource Name (ARN)
untag_resource Detaches a key-value pair from a resource, as identified by its Amazon Resource Name (ARN)
update_account_preferences Updates AWS Chatbot account preferences
update_chime_webhook_configuration Updates a Amazon Chime webhook configuration
update_custom_action Updates a custom action
update_microsoft_teams_channel_configuration Updates an Microsoft Teams channel configuration
update_slack_channel_configuration Updates a Slack channel configuration

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- chatbot()
svc$associate_to_configuration(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Links a resource (for example, a custom action) to a channel configuration

Description

Links a resource (for example, a custom action) to a channel configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/chatbot_associate_to_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

chatbot_associate_to_configuration(Resource, ChatConfiguration)

Arguments

Resource

[required] The resource Amazon Resource Name (ARN) to link.

ChatConfiguration

[required] The channel configuration to associate with the resource.


Creates an AWS Chatbot configuration for Amazon Chime

Description

Creates an AWS Chatbot configuration for Amazon Chime.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/chatbot_create_chime_webhook_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

chatbot_create_chime_webhook_configuration(
  WebhookDescription,
  WebhookUrl,
  SnsTopicArns,
  IamRoleArn,
  ConfigurationName,
  LoggingLevel = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

WebhookDescription

[required] A description of the webhook. We recommend using the convention RoomName/WebhookName.

For more information, see Tutorial: Get started with Amazon Chime in the AWS Chatbot Administrator Guide.

WebhookUrl

[required] The URL for the Amazon Chime webhook.

SnsTopicArns

[required] The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the SNS topics that deliver notifications to AWS Chatbot.

IamRoleArn

[required] A user-defined role that AWS Chatbot assumes. This is not the service-linked role.

For more information, see IAM policies for AWS Chatbot in the AWS Chatbot Administrator Guide.

ConfigurationName

[required] The name of the configuration.

LoggingLevel

Logging levels include ERROR, INFO, or NONE.

Tags

A map of tags assigned to a resource. A tag is a string-to-string map of key-value pairs.


Creates a custom action that can be invoked as an alias or as a button on a notification

Description

Creates a custom action that can be invoked as an alias or as a button on a notification.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/chatbot_create_custom_action/ for full documentation.

Usage

chatbot_create_custom_action(
  Definition,
  AliasName = NULL,
  Attachments = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  ActionName
)

Arguments

Definition

[required] The definition of the command to run when invoked as an alias or as an action button.

AliasName

The name used to invoke this action in a chat channel. For example, ⁠@aws run my-alias⁠.

Attachments

Defines when this custom action button should be attached to a notification.

Tags

A map of tags assigned to a resource. A tag is a string-to-string map of key-value pairs.

ClientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. Idempotency ensures that an API request completes only once. With an idempotent request, if the original request completes successfully, subsequent retries with the same client token returns the result from the original successful request.

If you do not specify a client token, one is automatically generated by the SDK.

ActionName

[required] The name of the custom action. This name is included in the Amazon Resource Name (ARN).


Creates an AWS Chatbot configuration for Microsoft Teams

Description

Creates an AWS Chatbot configuration for Microsoft Teams.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/chatbot_create_microsoft_teams_channel_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

chatbot_create_microsoft_teams_channel_configuration(
  ChannelId,
  ChannelName = NULL,
  TeamId,
  TeamName = NULL,
  TenantId,
  SnsTopicArns = NULL,
  IamRoleArn,
  ConfigurationName,
  LoggingLevel = NULL,
  GuardrailPolicyArns = NULL,
  UserAuthorizationRequired = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

ChannelId

[required] The ID of the Microsoft Teams channel.

ChannelName

The name of the Microsoft Teams channel.

TeamId

[required] The ID of the Microsoft Teams authorized with AWS Chatbot.

To get the team ID, you must perform the initial authorization flow with Microsoft Teams in the AWS Chatbot console. Then you can copy and paste the team ID from the console. For more information, see Step 1: Configure a Microsoft Teams client in the AWS Chatbot Administrator Guide.

TeamName

The name of the Microsoft Teams Team.

TenantId

[required] The ID of the Microsoft Teams tenant.

SnsTopicArns

The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the SNS topics that deliver notifications to AWS Chatbot.

IamRoleArn

[required] A user-defined role that AWS Chatbot assumes. This is not the service-linked role.

For more information, see IAM policies for AWS Chatbot in the AWS Chatbot Administrator Guide.

ConfigurationName

[required] The name of the configuration.

LoggingLevel

Logging levels include ERROR, INFO, or NONE.

GuardrailPolicyArns

The list of IAM policy ARNs that are applied as channel guardrails. The AWS managed AdministratorAccess policy is applied by default if this is not set.

UserAuthorizationRequired

Enables use of a user role requirement in your chat configuration.

Tags

A map of tags assigned to a resource. A tag is a string-to-string map of key-value pairs.


Creates an AWS Chatbot confugration for Slack

Description

Creates an AWS Chatbot confugration for Slack.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/chatbot_create_slack_channel_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

chatbot_create_slack_channel_configuration(
  SlackTeamId,
  SlackChannelId,
  SlackChannelName = NULL,
  SnsTopicArns = NULL,
  IamRoleArn,
  ConfigurationName,
  LoggingLevel = NULL,
  GuardrailPolicyArns = NULL,
  UserAuthorizationRequired = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

SlackTeamId

[required] The ID of the Slack workspace authorized with AWS Chatbot.

SlackChannelId

[required] The ID of the Slack channel.

To get this ID, open Slack, right click on the channel name in the left pane, then choose Copy Link. The channel ID is the 9-character string at the end of the URL. For example, ABCBBLZZZ.

SlackChannelName

The name of the Slack channel.

SnsTopicArns

The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the SNS topics that deliver notifications to AWS Chatbot.

IamRoleArn

[required] A user-defined role that AWS Chatbot assumes. This is not the service-linked role.

For more information, see IAM policies for AWS Chatbot in the AWS Chatbot Administrator Guide.

ConfigurationName

[required] The name of the configuration.

LoggingLevel

Logging levels include ERROR, INFO, or NONE.

GuardrailPolicyArns

The list of IAM policy ARNs that are applied as channel guardrails. The AWS managed AdministratorAccess policy is applied by default if this is not set.

UserAuthorizationRequired

Enables use of a user role requirement in your chat configuration.

Tags

A map of tags assigned to a resource. A tag is a string-to-string map of key-value pairs.


Deletes a Amazon Chime webhook configuration for AWS Chatbot

Description

Deletes a Amazon Chime webhook configuration for AWS Chatbot.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/chatbot_delete_chime_webhook_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

chatbot_delete_chime_webhook_configuration(ChatConfigurationArn)

Arguments

ChatConfigurationArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the ChimeWebhookConfiguration to delete.


Deletes a custom action

Description

Deletes a custom action.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/chatbot_delete_custom_action/ for full documentation.

Usage

chatbot_delete_custom_action(CustomActionArn)

Arguments

CustomActionArn

[required] The fully defined ARN of the custom action.


Deletes a Microsoft Teams channel configuration for AWS Chatbot

Description

Deletes a Microsoft Teams channel configuration for AWS Chatbot

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/chatbot_delete_microsoft_teams_channel_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

chatbot_delete_microsoft_teams_channel_configuration(ChatConfigurationArn)

Arguments

ChatConfigurationArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the MicrosoftTeamsChannelConfiguration associated with the user identity to delete.


Deletes the Microsoft Teams team authorization allowing for channels to be configured in that Microsoft Teams team

Description

Deletes the Microsoft Teams team authorization allowing for channels to be configured in that Microsoft Teams team. Note that the Microsoft Teams team must have no channels configured to remove it.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/chatbot_delete_microsoft_teams_configured_team/ for full documentation.

Usage

chatbot_delete_microsoft_teams_configured_team(TeamId)

Arguments

TeamId

[required] The ID of the Microsoft Teams team authorized with AWS Chatbot.

To get the team ID, you must perform the initial authorization flow with Microsoft Teams in the AWS Chatbot console. Then you can copy and paste the team ID from the console. For more information, see Step 1: Configure a Microsoft Teams client in the AWS Chatbot Administrator Guide.


Identifes a user level permission for a channel configuration

Description

Identifes a user level permission for a channel configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/chatbot_delete_microsoft_teams_user_identity/ for full documentation.

Usage

chatbot_delete_microsoft_teams_user_identity(ChatConfigurationArn, UserId)

Arguments

ChatConfigurationArn

[required] The ARN of the MicrosoftTeamsChannelConfiguration associated with the user identity to delete.

UserId

[required] The Microsoft Teams user ID.


Deletes a Slack channel configuration for AWS Chatbot

Description

Deletes a Slack channel configuration for AWS Chatbot

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/chatbot_delete_slack_channel_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

chatbot_delete_slack_channel_configuration(ChatConfigurationArn)

Arguments

ChatConfigurationArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SlackChannelConfiguration to delete.


Deletes a user level permission for a Slack channel configuration

Description

Deletes a user level permission for a Slack channel configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/chatbot_delete_slack_user_identity/ for full documentation.

Usage

chatbot_delete_slack_user_identity(
  ChatConfigurationArn,
  SlackTeamId,
  SlackUserId
)

Arguments

ChatConfigurationArn

[required] The ARN of the SlackChannelConfiguration associated with the user identity to delete.

SlackTeamId

[required] The ID of the Slack workspace authorized with AWS Chatbot.

SlackUserId

[required] The ID of the user in Slack


Deletes the Slack workspace authorization that allows channels to be configured in that workspace

Description

Deletes the Slack workspace authorization that allows channels to be configured in that workspace. This requires all configured channels in the workspace to be deleted.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/chatbot_delete_slack_workspace_authorization/ for full documentation.

Usage

chatbot_delete_slack_workspace_authorization(SlackTeamId)

Arguments

SlackTeamId

[required] The ID of the Slack workspace authorized with AWS Chatbot.


Lists Amazon Chime webhook configurations optionally filtered by ChatConfigurationArn

Description

Lists Amazon Chime webhook configurations optionally filtered by ChatConfigurationArn

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/chatbot_describe_chime_webhook_configurations/ for full documentation.

Usage

chatbot_describe_chime_webhook_configurations(
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  ChatConfigurationArn = NULL
)

Arguments

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to include in the response. If more results exist than the specified MaxResults value, a token is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.

NextToken

An optional token returned from a prior request. Use this token for pagination of results from this action. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only results beyond the token, up to the value specified by MaxResults.

ChatConfigurationArn

An optional Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of a ChimeWebhookConfiguration to describe.


Lists Slack channel configurations optionally filtered by ChatConfigurationArn

Description

Lists Slack channel configurations optionally filtered by ChatConfigurationArn

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/chatbot_describe_slack_channel_configurations/ for full documentation.

Usage

chatbot_describe_slack_channel_configurations(
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  ChatConfigurationArn = NULL
)

Arguments

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to include in the response. If more results exist than the specified MaxResults value, a token is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.

NextToken

An optional token returned from a prior request. Use this token for pagination of results from this action. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only results beyond the token, up to the value specified by MaxResults.

ChatConfigurationArn

An optional Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of a SlackChannelConfiguration to describe.


Lists all Slack user identities with a mapped role

Description

Lists all Slack user identities with a mapped role.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/chatbot_describe_slack_user_identities/ for full documentation.

Usage

chatbot_describe_slack_user_identities(
  ChatConfigurationArn = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

ChatConfigurationArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SlackChannelConfiguration associated with the user identities to describe.

NextToken

An optional token returned from a prior request. Use this token for pagination of results from this action. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only results beyond the token, up to the value specified by MaxResults.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to include in the response. If more results exist than the specified MaxResults value, a token is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.


List all authorized Slack workspaces connected to the AWS Account onboarded with AWS Chatbot

Description

List all authorized Slack workspaces connected to the AWS Account onboarded with AWS Chatbot.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/chatbot_describe_slack_workspaces/ for full documentation.

Usage

chatbot_describe_slack_workspaces(MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to include in the response. If more results exist than the specified MaxResults value, a token is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.

NextToken

An optional token returned from a prior request. Use this token for pagination of results from this action. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only results beyond the token, up to the value specified by MaxResults.


Unlink a resource, for example a custom action, from a channel configuration

Description

Unlink a resource, for example a custom action, from a channel configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/chatbot_disassociate_from_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

chatbot_disassociate_from_configuration(Resource, ChatConfiguration)

Arguments

Resource

[required] The resource (for example, a custom action) Amazon Resource Name (ARN) to unlink.

ChatConfiguration

[required] The channel configuration the resource is being disassociated from.


Returns AWS Chatbot account preferences

Description

Returns AWS Chatbot account preferences.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/chatbot_get_account_preferences/ for full documentation.

Usage

chatbot_get_account_preferences()

Returns a custom action

Description

Returns a custom action.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/chatbot_get_custom_action/ for full documentation.

Usage

chatbot_get_custom_action(CustomActionArn)

Arguments

CustomActionArn

[required] Returns the fully defined Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the custom action.


Returns a Microsoft Teams channel configuration in an AWS account

Description

Returns a Microsoft Teams channel configuration in an AWS account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/chatbot_get_microsoft_teams_channel_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

chatbot_get_microsoft_teams_channel_configuration(ChatConfigurationArn)

Arguments

ChatConfigurationArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the MicrosoftTeamsChannelConfiguration to retrieve.


Lists resources associated with a channel configuration

Description

Lists resources associated with a channel configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/chatbot_list_associations/ for full documentation.

Usage

chatbot_list_associations(
  ChatConfiguration,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

ChatConfiguration

[required] The channel configuration to list associations for.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to include in the response. If more results exist than the specified MaxResults value, a token is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.

NextToken

An optional token returned from a prior request. Use this token for pagination of results from this action. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only results beyond the token, up to the value specified by MaxResults.


Lists custom actions defined in this account

Description

Lists custom actions defined in this account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/chatbot_list_custom_actions/ for full documentation.

Usage

chatbot_list_custom_actions(MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to include in the response. If more results exist than the specified MaxResults value, a token is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.

NextToken

An optional token returned from a prior request. Use this token for pagination of results from this action. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only results beyond the token, up to the value specified by MaxResults.


Lists all AWS Chatbot Microsoft Teams channel configurations in an AWS account

Description

Lists all AWS Chatbot Microsoft Teams channel configurations in an AWS account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/chatbot_list_microsoft_teams_channel_configurations/ for full documentation.

Usage

chatbot_list_microsoft_teams_channel_configurations(
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  TeamId = NULL
)

Arguments

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to include in the response. If more results exist than the specified MaxResults value, a token is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.

NextToken

An optional token returned from a prior request. Use this token for pagination of results from this action. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only results beyond the token, up to the value specified by MaxResults.

TeamId

The ID of the Microsoft Teams authorized with AWS Chatbot.

To get the team ID, you must perform the initial authorization flow with Microsoft Teams in the AWS Chatbot console. Then you can copy and paste the team ID from the console. For more information, see Step 1: Configure a Microsoft Teams client in the AWS Chatbot Administrator Guide.


Lists all authorized Microsoft Teams for an AWS Account

Description

Lists all authorized Microsoft Teams for an AWS Account

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/chatbot_list_microsoft_teams_configured_teams/ for full documentation.

Usage

chatbot_list_microsoft_teams_configured_teams(
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to include in the response. If more results exist than the specified MaxResults value, a token is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.

NextToken

An optional token returned from a prior request. Use this token for pagination of results from this action. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only results beyond the token, up to the value specified by MaxResults.


A list all Microsoft Teams user identities with a mapped role

Description

A list all Microsoft Teams user identities with a mapped role.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/chatbot_list_microsoft_teams_user_identities/ for full documentation.

Usage

chatbot_list_microsoft_teams_user_identities(
  ChatConfigurationArn = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

ChatConfigurationArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the MicrosoftTeamsChannelConfiguration associated with the user identities to list.

NextToken

An optional token returned from a prior request. Use this token for pagination of results from this action. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only results beyond the token, up to the value specified by MaxResults.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to include in the response. If more results exist than the specified MaxResults value, a token is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.


Lists all of the tags associated with the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that you specify

Description

Lists all of the tags associated with the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that you specify. The resource can be a user, server, or role.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/chatbot_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

chatbot_list_tags_for_resource(ResourceARN)

Arguments

ResourceARN

[required] The ARN of the resource to list tags for.


Attaches a key-value pair to a resource, as identified by its Amazon Resource Name (ARN)

Description

Attaches a key-value pair to a resource, as identified by its Amazon Resource Name (ARN). Resources are users, servers, roles, and other entities.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/chatbot_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

chatbot_tag_resource(ResourceARN, Tags)

Arguments

ResourceARN

[required] The ARN of the configuration.

Tags

[required] A list of tags to apply to the configuration.


Detaches a key-value pair from a resource, as identified by its Amazon Resource Name (ARN)

Description

Detaches a key-value pair from a resource, as identified by its Amazon Resource Name (ARN). Resources are users, servers, roles, and other entities.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/chatbot_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

chatbot_untag_resource(ResourceARN, TagKeys)

Arguments

ResourceARN

[required] The value of the resource that will have the tag removed. An Amazon Resource Name (ARN) is an identifier for a specific AWS resource, such as a server, user, or role.

TagKeys

[required] TagKeys are key-value pairs assigned to ARNs that can be used to group and search for resources by type. This metadata can be attached to resources for any purpose.


Updates AWS Chatbot account preferences

Description

Updates AWS Chatbot account preferences.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/chatbot_update_account_preferences/ for full documentation.

Usage

chatbot_update_account_preferences(
  UserAuthorizationRequired = NULL,
  TrainingDataCollectionEnabled = NULL
)

Arguments

UserAuthorizationRequired

Enables use of a user role requirement in your chat configuration.

TrainingDataCollectionEnabled

Turns on training data collection.

This helps improve the AWS Chatbot experience by allowing AWS Chatbot to store and use your customer information, such as AWS Chatbot configurations, notifications, user inputs, AWS Chatbot generated responses, and interaction data. This data helps us to continuously improve and develop Artificial Intelligence (AI) technologies. Your data is not shared with any third parties and is protected using sophisticated controls to prevent unauthorized access and misuse. AWS Chatbot does not store or use interactions in chat channels with Amazon Q for training AI technologies for AWS Chatbot.


Updates a Amazon Chime webhook configuration

Description

Updates a Amazon Chime webhook configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/chatbot_update_chime_webhook_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

chatbot_update_chime_webhook_configuration(
  ChatConfigurationArn,
  WebhookDescription = NULL,
  WebhookUrl = NULL,
  SnsTopicArns = NULL,
  IamRoleArn = NULL,
  LoggingLevel = NULL
)

Arguments

ChatConfigurationArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the ChimeWebhookConfiguration to update.

WebhookDescription

A description of the webhook. We recommend using the convention RoomName/WebhookName.

For more information, see Tutorial: Get started with Amazon Chime in the AWS Chatbot Administrator Guide.

WebhookUrl

The URL for the Amazon Chime webhook.

SnsTopicArns

The ARNs of the SNS topics that deliver notifications to AWS Chatbot.

IamRoleArn

A user-defined role that AWS Chatbot assumes. This is not the service-linked role.

For more information, see IAM policies for AWS Chatbot in the AWS Chatbot Administrator Guide.

LoggingLevel

Logging levels include ERROR, INFO, or NONE.


Updates a custom action

Description

Updates a custom action.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/chatbot_update_custom_action/ for full documentation.

Usage

chatbot_update_custom_action(
  CustomActionArn,
  Definition,
  AliasName = NULL,
  Attachments = NULL
)

Arguments

CustomActionArn

[required] The fully defined Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the custom action.

Definition

[required] The definition of the command to run when invoked as an alias or as an action button.

AliasName

The name used to invoke this action in the chat channel. For example, ⁠@aws run my-alias⁠.

Attachments

Defines when this custom action button should be attached to a notification.


Updates an Microsoft Teams channel configuration

Description

Updates an Microsoft Teams channel configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/chatbot_update_microsoft_teams_channel_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

chatbot_update_microsoft_teams_channel_configuration(
  ChatConfigurationArn,
  ChannelId,
  ChannelName = NULL,
  SnsTopicArns = NULL,
  IamRoleArn = NULL,
  LoggingLevel = NULL,
  GuardrailPolicyArns = NULL,
  UserAuthorizationRequired = NULL
)

Arguments

ChatConfigurationArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the TeamsChannelConfiguration to update.

ChannelId

[required] The ID of the Microsoft Teams channel.

ChannelName

The name of the Microsoft Teams channel.

SnsTopicArns

The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the SNS topics that deliver notifications to AWS Chatbot.

IamRoleArn

A user-defined role that AWS Chatbot assumes. This is not the service-linked role.

For more information, see IAM policies for AWS Chatbot in the AWS Chatbot Administrator Guide.

LoggingLevel

Logging levels include ERROR, INFO, or NONE.

GuardrailPolicyArns

The list of IAM policy ARNs that are applied as channel guardrails. The AWS managed AdministratorAccess policy is applied by default if this is not set.

UserAuthorizationRequired

Enables use of a user role requirement in your chat configuration.


Updates a Slack channel configuration

Description

Updates a Slack channel configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/chatbot_update_slack_channel_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

chatbot_update_slack_channel_configuration(
  ChatConfigurationArn,
  SlackChannelId,
  SlackChannelName = NULL,
  SnsTopicArns = NULL,
  IamRoleArn = NULL,
  LoggingLevel = NULL,
  GuardrailPolicyArns = NULL,
  UserAuthorizationRequired = NULL
)

Arguments

ChatConfigurationArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SlackChannelConfiguration to update.

SlackChannelId

[required] The ID of the Slack channel.

To get this ID, open Slack, right click on the channel name in the left pane, then choose Copy Link. The channel ID is the 9-character string at the end of the URL. For example, ABCBBLZZZ.

SlackChannelName

The name of the Slack channel.

SnsTopicArns

The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the SNS topics that deliver notifications to AWS Chatbot.

IamRoleArn

A user-defined role that AWS Chatbot assumes. This is not the service-linked role.

For more information, see IAM policies for AWS Chatbot in the AWS Chatbot Administrator Guide.

LoggingLevel

Logging levels include ERROR, INFO, or NONE.

GuardrailPolicyArns

The list of IAM policy ARNs that are applied as channel guardrails. The AWS managed AdministratorAccess policy is applied by default if this is not set.

UserAuthorizationRequired

Enables use of a user role requirement in your chat configuration.


Amazon Interactive Video Service Chat

Description

Introduction

The Amazon IVS Chat control-plane API enables you to create and manage Amazon IVS Chat resources. You also need to integrate with the Amazon IVS Chat Messaging API, to enable users to interact with chat rooms in real time.

The API is an AWS regional service. For a list of supported regions and Amazon IVS Chat HTTPS service endpoints, see the Amazon IVS Chat information on the Amazon IVS page in the AWS General Reference.

This document describes HTTP operations. There is a separate messaging API for managing Chat resources; see the Amazon IVS Chat Messaging API Reference.

Notes on terminology:

Resources

The following resources are part of Amazon IVS Chat:

Tagging

A tag is a metadata label that you assign to an AWS resource. A tag comprises a key and a value, both set by you. For example, you might set a tag as topic:nature to label a particular video category. See Best practices and strategies in Tagging Amazon Web Services Resources and Tag Editor for details, including restrictions that apply to tags and "Tag naming limits and requirements"; Amazon IVS Chat has no service-specific constraints beyond what is documented there.

Tags can help you identify and organize your AWS resources. For example, you can use the same tag for different resources to indicate that they are related. You can also use tags to manage access (see Access Tags).

The Amazon IVS Chat API has these tag-related operations: tag_resource, untag_resource, and list_tags_for_resource. The following resource supports tagging: Room.

At most 50 tags can be applied to a resource.

API Access Security

Your Amazon IVS Chat applications (service applications and clients) must be authenticated and authorized to access Amazon IVS Chat resources. Note the differences between these concepts:

Users (viewers) connect to a room using secure access tokens that you create using the create_chat_token operation through the AWS SDK. You call CreateChatToken for every user’s chat session, passing identity and authorization information about the user.

Signing API Requests

HTTP API requests must be signed with an AWS SigV4 signature using your AWS security credentials. The AWS Command Line Interface (CLI) and the AWS SDKs take care of signing the underlying API calls for you. However, if your application calls the Amazon IVS Chat HTTP API directly, it’s your responsibility to sign the requests.

You generate a signature using valid AWS credentials for an IAM role that has permission to perform the requested action. For example, DeleteMessage requests must be made using an IAM role that has the ivschat:DeleteMessage permission.

For more information:

Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)

ARNs uniquely identify AWS resources. An ARN is required when you need to specify a resource unambiguously across all of AWS, such as in IAM policies and API calls. For more information, see Amazon Resource Names in the AWS General Reference.

Usage

ivschat(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- ivschat(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

create_chat_token Creates an encrypted token that is used by a chat participant to establish an individual WebSocket chat connection to a room
create_logging_configuration Creates a logging configuration that allows clients to store and record sent messages
create_room Creates a room that allows clients to connect and pass messages
delete_logging_configuration Deletes the specified logging configuration
delete_message Sends an event to a specific room which directs clients to delete a specific message; that is, unrender it from view and delete it from the client’s chat history
delete_room Deletes the specified room
disconnect_user Disconnects all connections using a specified user ID from a room
get_logging_configuration Gets the specified logging configuration
get_room Gets the specified room
list_logging_configurations Gets summary information about all your logging configurations in the AWS region where the API request is processed
list_rooms Gets summary information about all your rooms in the AWS region where the API request is processed
list_tags_for_resource Gets information about AWS tags for the specified ARN
send_event Sends an event to a room
tag_resource Adds or updates tags for the AWS resource with the specified ARN
untag_resource Removes tags from the resource with the specified ARN
update_logging_configuration Updates a specified logging configuration
update_room Updates a room’s configuration

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- ivschat()
svc$create_chat_token(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Creates an encrypted token that is used by a chat participant to establish an individual WebSocket chat connection to a room

Description

Creates an encrypted token that is used by a chat participant to establish an individual WebSocket chat connection to a room. When the token is used to connect to chat, the connection is valid for the session duration specified in the request. The token becomes invalid at the token-expiration timestamp included in the response.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivschat_create_chat_token/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivschat_create_chat_token(
  roomIdentifier,
  userId,
  capabilities = NULL,
  sessionDurationInMinutes = NULL,
  attributes = NULL
)

Arguments

roomIdentifier

[required] Identifier of the room that the client is trying to access. Currently this must be an ARN.

userId

[required] Application-provided ID that uniquely identifies the user associated with this token. This can be any UTF-8 encoded text.

capabilities

Set of capabilities that the user is allowed to perform in the room. Default: None (the capability to view messages is implicitly included in all requests).

sessionDurationInMinutes

Session duration (in minutes), after which the session expires. Default: 60 (1 hour).

attributes

Application-provided attributes to encode into the token and attach to a chat session. Map keys and values can contain UTF-8 encoded text. The maximum length of this field is 1 KB total.


Creates a logging configuration that allows clients to store and record sent messages

Description

Creates a logging configuration that allows clients to store and record sent messages.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivschat_create_logging_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivschat_create_logging_configuration(
  name = NULL,
  destinationConfiguration,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

name

Logging-configuration name. The value does not need to be unique.

destinationConfiguration

[required] A complex type that contains a destination configuration for where chat content will be logged. There can be only one type of destination (cloudWatchLogs, firehose, or s3) in a destinationConfiguration.

tags

Tags to attach to the resource. Array of maps, each of the form string:string (key:value). See Best practices and strategies in Tagging Amazon Web Services Resources and Tag Editor for details, including restrictions that apply to tags and "Tag naming limits and requirements"; Amazon IVS Chat has no constraints on tags beyond what is documented there.


Creates a room that allows clients to connect and pass messages

Description

Creates a room that allows clients to connect and pass messages.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivschat_create_room/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivschat_create_room(
  name = NULL,
  maximumMessageRatePerSecond = NULL,
  maximumMessageLength = NULL,
  messageReviewHandler = NULL,
  tags = NULL,
  loggingConfigurationIdentifiers = NULL
)

Arguments

name

Room name. The value does not need to be unique.

maximumMessageRatePerSecond

Maximum number of messages per second that can be sent to the room (by all clients). Default: 10.

maximumMessageLength

Maximum number of characters in a single message. Messages are expected to be UTF-8 encoded and this limit applies specifically to rune/code-point count, not number of bytes. Default: 500.

messageReviewHandler

Configuration information for optional review of messages.

tags

Tags to attach to the resource. Array of maps, each of the form string:string (key:value). See Best practices and strategies in Tagging Amazon Web Services Resources and Tag Editor for details, including restrictions that apply to tags and "Tag naming limits and requirements"; Amazon IVS Chat has no constraints beyond what is documented there.

loggingConfigurationIdentifiers

Array of logging-configuration identifiers attached to the room.


Deletes the specified logging configuration

Description

Deletes the specified logging configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivschat_delete_logging_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivschat_delete_logging_configuration(identifier)

Arguments

identifier

[required] Identifier of the logging configuration to be deleted.


Sends an event to a specific room which directs clients to delete a specific message; that is, unrender it from view and delete it from the client’s chat history

Description

Sends an event to a specific room which directs clients to delete a specific message; that is, unrender it from view and delete it from the client’s chat history. This event’s EventName is aws:DELETE_MESSAGE. This replicates the DeleteMessage WebSocket operation in the Amazon IVS Chat Messaging API.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivschat_delete_message/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivschat_delete_message(roomIdentifier, id, reason = NULL)

Arguments

roomIdentifier

[required] Identifier of the room where the message should be deleted. Currently this must be an ARN.

id

[required] ID of the message to be deleted. This is the Id field in the received message (see Message (Subscribe) in the Chat Messaging API).

reason

Reason for deleting the message.


Deletes the specified room

Description

Deletes the specified room.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivschat_delete_room/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivschat_delete_room(identifier)

Arguments

identifier

[required] Identifier of the room to be deleted. Currently this must be an ARN.


Disconnects all connections using a specified user ID from a room

Description

Disconnects all connections using a specified user ID from a room. This replicates the DisconnectUser WebSocket operation in the Amazon IVS Chat Messaging API.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivschat_disconnect_user/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivschat_disconnect_user(roomIdentifier, userId, reason = NULL)

Arguments

roomIdentifier

[required] Identifier of the room from which the user's clients should be disconnected. Currently this must be an ARN.

userId

[required] ID of the user (connection) to disconnect from the room.

reason

Reason for disconnecting the user.


Gets the specified logging configuration

Description

Gets the specified logging configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivschat_get_logging_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivschat_get_logging_configuration(identifier)

Arguments

identifier

[required] Identifier of the logging configuration to be retrieved.


Gets the specified room

Description

Gets the specified room.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivschat_get_room/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivschat_get_room(identifier)

Arguments

identifier

[required] Identifier of the room for which the configuration is to be retrieved. Currently this must be an ARN.


Gets summary information about all your logging configurations in the AWS region where the API request is processed

Description

Gets summary information about all your logging configurations in the AWS region where the API request is processed.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivschat_list_logging_configurations/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivschat_list_logging_configurations(nextToken = NULL, maxResults = NULL)

Arguments

nextToken

The first logging configurations to retrieve. This is used for pagination; see the nextToken response field.

maxResults

Maximum number of logging configurations to return. Default: 50.


Gets summary information about all your rooms in the AWS region where the API request is processed

Description

Gets summary information about all your rooms in the AWS region where the API request is processed. Results are sorted in descending order of updateTime.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivschat_list_rooms/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivschat_list_rooms(
  name = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  messageReviewHandlerUri = NULL,
  loggingConfigurationIdentifier = NULL
)

Arguments

name

Filters the list to match the specified room name.

nextToken

The first room to retrieve. This is used for pagination; see the nextToken response field.

maxResults

Maximum number of rooms to return. Default: 50.

messageReviewHandlerUri

Filters the list to match the specified message review handler URI.

loggingConfigurationIdentifier

Logging-configuration identifier.


Gets information about AWS tags for the specified ARN

Description

Gets information about AWS tags for the specified ARN.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivschat_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivschat_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The ARN of the resource to be retrieved. The ARN must be URL-encoded.


Sends an event to a room

Description

Sends an event to a room. Use this within your application’s business logic to send events to clients of a room; e.g., to notify clients to change the way the chat UI is rendered.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivschat_send_event/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivschat_send_event(roomIdentifier, eventName, attributes = NULL)

Arguments

roomIdentifier

[required] Identifier of the room to which the event will be sent. Currently this must be an ARN.

eventName

[required] Application-defined name of the event to send to clients.

attributes

Application-defined metadata to attach to the event sent to clients. The maximum length of the metadata is 1 KB total.


Adds or updates tags for the AWS resource with the specified ARN

Description

Adds or updates tags for the AWS resource with the specified ARN.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivschat_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivschat_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The ARN of the resource to be tagged. The ARN must be URL-encoded.

tags

[required] Array of tags to be added or updated. Array of maps, each of the form string:string (key:value). See Best practices and strategies in Tagging Amazon Web Services Resources and Tag Editor for details, including restrictions that apply to tags and "Tag naming limits and requirements"; Amazon IVS Chat has no constraints beyond what is documented there.


Removes tags from the resource with the specified ARN

Description

Removes tags from the resource with the specified ARN.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivschat_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivschat_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The ARN of the resource to be untagged. The ARN must be URL-encoded.

tagKeys

[required] Array of tags to be removed. Array of maps, each of the form string:string (key:value). See Best practices and strategies in Tagging Amazon Web Services Resources and Tag Editor for details, including restrictions that apply to tags and "Tag naming limits and requirements"; Amazon IVS Chat has no constraints beyond what is documented there.


Updates a specified logging configuration

Description

Updates a specified logging configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivschat_update_logging_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivschat_update_logging_configuration(
  identifier,
  name = NULL,
  destinationConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

identifier

[required] Identifier of the logging configuration to be updated.

name

Logging-configuration name. The value does not need to be unique.

destinationConfiguration

A complex type that contains a destination configuration for where chat content will be logged. There can be only one type of destination (cloudWatchLogs, firehose, or s3) in a destinationConfiguration.


Updates a room’s configuration

Description

Updates a room’s configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivschat_update_room/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivschat_update_room(
  identifier,
  name = NULL,
  maximumMessageRatePerSecond = NULL,
  maximumMessageLength = NULL,
  messageReviewHandler = NULL,
  loggingConfigurationIdentifiers = NULL
)

Arguments

identifier

[required] Identifier of the room to be updated. Currently this must be an ARN.

name

Room name. The value does not need to be unique.

maximumMessageRatePerSecond

Maximum number of messages per second that can be sent to the room (by all clients). Default: 10.

maximumMessageLength

The maximum number of characters in a single message. Messages are expected to be UTF-8 encoded and this limit applies specifically to rune/code-point count, not number of bytes. Default: 500.

messageReviewHandler

Configuration information for optional review of messages. Specify an empty uri string to disassociate a message review handler from the specified room.

loggingConfigurationIdentifiers

Array of logging-configuration identifiers attached to the room.


Objects exported from other packages

Description

These objects are imported from other packages. Follow the links below to see their documentation.

paws.common

config, credentials, creds, list_paginators, paginate, paginate_lapply, paginate_sapply, paws_stream_parser


Amazon WorkDocs

Description

The Amazon WorkDocs API is designed for the following use cases:

All Amazon WorkDocs API actions are Amazon authenticated and certificate-signed. They not only require the use of the Amazon Web Services SDK, but also allow for the exclusive use of IAM users and roles to help facilitate access, trust, and permission policies. By creating a role and allowing an IAM user to access the Amazon WorkDocs site, the IAM user gains full administrative visibility into the entire Amazon WorkDocs site (or as set in the IAM policy). This includes, but is not limited to, the ability to modify file permissions and upload any file to any user. This allows developers to perform the three use cases above, as well as give users the ability to grant access on a selective basis using the IAM model.

The pricing for Amazon WorkDocs APIs varies depending on the API call type for these actions:

For information about Amazon WorkDocs API pricing, see Amazon WorkDocs Pricing.

Usage

workdocs(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- workdocs(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

abort_document_version_upload Aborts the upload of the specified document version that was previously initiated by InitiateDocumentVersionUpload
activate_user Activates the specified user
add_resource_permissions Creates a set of permissions for the specified folder or document
create_comment Adds a new comment to the specified document version
create_custom_metadata Adds one or more custom properties to the specified resource (a folder, document, or version)
create_folder Creates a folder with the specified name and parent folder
create_labels Adds the specified list of labels to the given resource (a document or folder)
create_notification_subscription Configure Amazon WorkDocs to use Amazon SNS notifications
create_user Creates a user in a Simple AD or Microsoft AD directory
deactivate_user Deactivates the specified user, which revokes the user's access to Amazon WorkDocs
delete_comment Deletes the specified comment from the document version
delete_custom_metadata Deletes custom metadata from the specified resource
delete_document Permanently deletes the specified document and its associated metadata
delete_document_version Deletes a specific version of a document
delete_folder Permanently deletes the specified folder and its contents
delete_folder_contents Deletes the contents of the specified folder
delete_labels Deletes the specified list of labels from a resource
delete_notification_subscription Deletes the specified subscription from the specified organization
delete_user Deletes the specified user from a Simple AD or Microsoft AD directory
describe_activities Describes the user activities in a specified time period
describe_comments List all the comments for the specified document version
describe_document_versions Retrieves the document versions for the specified document
describe_folder_contents Describes the contents of the specified folder, including its documents and subfolders
describe_groups Describes the groups specified by the query
describe_notification_subscriptions Lists the specified notification subscriptions
describe_resource_permissions Describes the permissions of a specified resource
describe_root_folders Describes the current user's special folders; the RootFolder and the RecycleBin
describe_users Describes the specified users
get_current_user Retrieves details of the current user for whom the authentication token was generated
get_document Retrieves details of a document
get_document_path Retrieves the path information (the hierarchy from the root folder) for the requested document
get_document_version Retrieves version metadata for the specified document
get_folder Retrieves the metadata of the specified folder
get_folder_path Retrieves the path information (the hierarchy from the root folder) for the specified folder
get_resources Retrieves a collection of resources, including folders and documents
initiate_document_version_upload Creates a new document object and version object
remove_all_resource_permissions Removes all the permissions from the specified resource
remove_resource_permission Removes the permission for the specified principal from the specified resource
restore_document_versions Recovers a deleted version of an Amazon WorkDocs document
search_resources Searches metadata and the content of folders, documents, document versions, and comments
update_document Updates the specified attributes of a document
update_document_version Changes the status of the document version to ACTIVE
update_folder Updates the specified attributes of the specified folder
update_user Updates the specified attributes of the specified user, and grants or revokes administrative privileges to the Amazon WorkDocs site

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- workdocs()
svc$abort_document_version_upload(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Aborts the upload of the specified document version that was previously initiated by InitiateDocumentVersionUpload

Description

Aborts the upload of the specified document version that was previously initiated by initiate_document_version_upload. The client should make this call only when it no longer intends to upload the document version, or fails to do so.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workdocs_abort_document_version_upload/ for full documentation.

Usage

workdocs_abort_document_version_upload(
  AuthenticationToken = NULL,
  DocumentId,
  VersionId
)

Arguments

AuthenticationToken

Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. Not required when using Amazon Web Services administrator credentials to access the API.

DocumentId

[required] The ID of the document.

VersionId

[required] The ID of the version.


Activates the specified user

Description

Activates the specified user. Only active users can access Amazon WorkDocs.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workdocs_activate_user/ for full documentation.

Usage

workdocs_activate_user(UserId, AuthenticationToken = NULL)

Arguments

UserId

[required] The ID of the user.

AuthenticationToken

Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. Not required when using Amazon Web Services administrator credentials to access the API.


Creates a set of permissions for the specified folder or document

Description

Creates a set of permissions for the specified folder or document. The resource permissions are overwritten if the principals already have different permissions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workdocs_add_resource_permissions/ for full documentation.

Usage

workdocs_add_resource_permissions(
  AuthenticationToken = NULL,
  ResourceId,
  Principals,
  NotificationOptions = NULL
)

Arguments

AuthenticationToken

Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. Not required when using Amazon Web Services administrator credentials to access the API.

ResourceId

[required] The ID of the resource.

Principals

[required] The users, groups, or organization being granted permission.

NotificationOptions

The notification options.


Adds a new comment to the specified document version

Description

Adds a new comment to the specified document version.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workdocs_create_comment/ for full documentation.

Usage

workdocs_create_comment(
  AuthenticationToken = NULL,
  DocumentId,
  VersionId,
  ParentId = NULL,
  ThreadId = NULL,
  Text,
  Visibility = NULL,
  NotifyCollaborators = NULL
)

Arguments

AuthenticationToken

Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. Not required when using Amazon Web Services administrator credentials to access the API.

DocumentId

[required] The ID of the document.

VersionId

[required] The ID of the document version.

ParentId

The ID of the parent comment.

ThreadId

The ID of the root comment in the thread.

Text

[required] The text of the comment.

Visibility

The visibility of the comment. Options are either PRIVATE, where the comment is visible only to the comment author and document owner and co-owners, or PUBLIC, where the comment is visible to document owners, co-owners, and contributors.

NotifyCollaborators

Set this parameter to TRUE to send an email out to the document collaborators after the comment is created.


Adds one or more custom properties to the specified resource (a folder, document, or version)

Description

Adds one or more custom properties to the specified resource (a folder, document, or version).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workdocs_create_custom_metadata/ for full documentation.

Usage

workdocs_create_custom_metadata(
  AuthenticationToken = NULL,
  ResourceId,
  VersionId = NULL,
  CustomMetadata
)

Arguments

AuthenticationToken

Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. Not required when using Amazon Web Services administrator credentials to access the API.

ResourceId

[required] The ID of the resource.

VersionId

The ID of the version, if the custom metadata is being added to a document version.

CustomMetadata

[required] Custom metadata in the form of name-value pairs.


Creates a folder with the specified name and parent folder

Description

Creates a folder with the specified name and parent folder.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workdocs_create_folder/ for full documentation.

Usage

workdocs_create_folder(AuthenticationToken = NULL, Name = NULL, ParentFolderId)

Arguments

AuthenticationToken

Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. Not required when using Amazon Web Services administrator credentials to access the API.

Name

The name of the new folder.

ParentFolderId

[required] The ID of the parent folder.


Adds the specified list of labels to the given resource (a document or folder)

Description

Adds the specified list of labels to the given resource (a document or folder)

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workdocs_create_labels/ for full documentation.

Usage

workdocs_create_labels(ResourceId, Labels, AuthenticationToken = NULL)

Arguments

ResourceId

[required] The ID of the resource.

Labels

[required] List of labels to add to the resource.

AuthenticationToken

Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. Not required when using Amazon Web Services administrator credentials to access the API.


Configure Amazon WorkDocs to use Amazon SNS notifications

Description

Configure Amazon WorkDocs to use Amazon SNS notifications. The endpoint receives a confirmation message, and must confirm the subscription.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workdocs_create_notification_subscription/ for full documentation.

Usage

workdocs_create_notification_subscription(
  OrganizationId,
  Endpoint,
  Protocol,
  SubscriptionType
)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The ID of the organization.

Endpoint

[required] The endpoint to receive the notifications. If the protocol is HTTPS, the endpoint is a URL that begins with https.

Protocol

[required] The protocol to use. The supported value is https, which delivers JSON-encoded messages using HTTPS POST.

SubscriptionType

[required] The notification type.


Creates a user in a Simple AD or Microsoft AD directory

Description

Creates a user in a Simple AD or Microsoft AD directory. The status of a newly created user is "ACTIVE". New users can access Amazon WorkDocs.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workdocs_create_user/ for full documentation.

Usage

workdocs_create_user(
  OrganizationId = NULL,
  Username,
  EmailAddress = NULL,
  GivenName,
  Surname,
  Password,
  TimeZoneId = NULL,
  StorageRule = NULL,
  AuthenticationToken = NULL
)

Arguments

OrganizationId

The ID of the organization.

Username

[required] The login name of the user.

EmailAddress

The email address of the user.

GivenName

[required] The given name of the user.

Surname

[required] The surname of the user.

Password

[required] The password of the user.

TimeZoneId

The time zone ID of the user.

StorageRule

The amount of storage for the user.

AuthenticationToken

Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. Not required when using Amazon Web Services administrator credentials to access the API.


Deactivates the specified user, which revokes the user's access to Amazon WorkDocs

Description

Deactivates the specified user, which revokes the user's access to Amazon WorkDocs.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workdocs_deactivate_user/ for full documentation.

Usage

workdocs_deactivate_user(UserId, AuthenticationToken = NULL)

Arguments

UserId

[required] The ID of the user.

AuthenticationToken

Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. Not required when using Amazon Web Services administrator credentials to access the API.


Deletes the specified comment from the document version

Description

Deletes the specified comment from the document version.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workdocs_delete_comment/ for full documentation.

Usage

workdocs_delete_comment(
  AuthenticationToken = NULL,
  DocumentId,
  VersionId,
  CommentId
)

Arguments

AuthenticationToken

Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. Not required when using Amazon Web Services administrator credentials to access the API.

DocumentId

[required] The ID of the document.

VersionId

[required] The ID of the document version.

CommentId

[required] The ID of the comment.


Deletes custom metadata from the specified resource

Description

Deletes custom metadata from the specified resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workdocs_delete_custom_metadata/ for full documentation.

Usage

workdocs_delete_custom_metadata(
  AuthenticationToken = NULL,
  ResourceId,
  VersionId = NULL,
  Keys = NULL,
  DeleteAll = NULL
)

Arguments

AuthenticationToken

Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. Not required when using Amazon Web Services administrator credentials to access the API.

ResourceId

[required] The ID of the resource, either a document or folder.

VersionId

The ID of the version, if the custom metadata is being deleted from a document version.

Keys

List of properties to remove.

DeleteAll

Flag to indicate removal of all custom metadata properties from the specified resource.


Permanently deletes the specified document and its associated metadata

Description

Permanently deletes the specified document and its associated metadata.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workdocs_delete_document/ for full documentation.

Usage

workdocs_delete_document(AuthenticationToken = NULL, DocumentId)

Arguments

AuthenticationToken

Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. Not required when using Amazon Web Services administrator credentials to access the API.

DocumentId

[required] The ID of the document.


Deletes a specific version of a document

Description

Deletes a specific version of a document.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workdocs_delete_document_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

workdocs_delete_document_version(
  AuthenticationToken = NULL,
  DocumentId,
  VersionId,
  DeletePriorVersions
)

Arguments

AuthenticationToken

Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. Not required when using Amazon Web Services administrator credentials to access the API.

DocumentId

[required] The ID of the document associated with the version being deleted.

VersionId

[required] The ID of the version being deleted.

DeletePriorVersions

[required] Deletes all versions of a document prior to the current version.


Permanently deletes the specified folder and its contents

Description

Permanently deletes the specified folder and its contents.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workdocs_delete_folder/ for full documentation.

Usage

workdocs_delete_folder(AuthenticationToken = NULL, FolderId)

Arguments

AuthenticationToken

Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. Not required when using Amazon Web Services administrator credentials to access the API.

FolderId

[required] The ID of the folder.


Deletes the contents of the specified folder

Description

Deletes the contents of the specified folder.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workdocs_delete_folder_contents/ for full documentation.

Usage

workdocs_delete_folder_contents(AuthenticationToken = NULL, FolderId)

Arguments

AuthenticationToken

Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. Not required when using Amazon Web Services administrator credentials to access the API.

FolderId

[required] The ID of the folder.


Deletes the specified list of labels from a resource

Description

Deletes the specified list of labels from a resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workdocs_delete_labels/ for full documentation.

Usage

workdocs_delete_labels(
  ResourceId,
  AuthenticationToken = NULL,
  Labels = NULL,
  DeleteAll = NULL
)

Arguments

ResourceId

[required] The ID of the resource.

AuthenticationToken

Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. Not required when using Amazon Web Services administrator credentials to access the API.

Labels

List of labels to delete from the resource.

DeleteAll

Flag to request removal of all labels from the specified resource.


Deletes the specified subscription from the specified organization

Description

Deletes the specified subscription from the specified organization.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workdocs_delete_notification_subscription/ for full documentation.

Usage

workdocs_delete_notification_subscription(SubscriptionId, OrganizationId)

Arguments

SubscriptionId

[required] The ID of the subscription.

OrganizationId

[required] The ID of the organization.


Deletes the specified user from a Simple AD or Microsoft AD directory

Description

Deletes the specified user from a Simple AD or Microsoft AD directory.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workdocs_delete_user/ for full documentation.

Usage

workdocs_delete_user(AuthenticationToken = NULL, UserId)

Arguments

AuthenticationToken

Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. Do not set this field when using administrative API actions, as in accessing the API using Amazon Web Services credentials.

UserId

[required] The ID of the user.


Describes the user activities in a specified time period

Description

Describes the user activities in a specified time period.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workdocs_describe_activities/ for full documentation.

Usage

workdocs_describe_activities(
  AuthenticationToken = NULL,
  StartTime = NULL,
  EndTime = NULL,
  OrganizationId = NULL,
  ActivityTypes = NULL,
  ResourceId = NULL,
  UserId = NULL,
  IncludeIndirectActivities = NULL,
  Limit = NULL,
  Marker = NULL
)

Arguments

AuthenticationToken

Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. Not required when using Amazon Web Services administrator credentials to access the API.

StartTime

The timestamp that determines the starting time of the activities. The response includes the activities performed after the specified timestamp.

EndTime

The timestamp that determines the end time of the activities. The response includes the activities performed before the specified timestamp.

OrganizationId

The ID of the organization. This is a mandatory parameter when using administrative API (SigV4) requests.

ActivityTypes

Specifies which activity types to include in the response. If this field is left empty, all activity types are returned.

ResourceId

The document or folder ID for which to describe activity types.

UserId

The ID of the user who performed the action. The response includes activities pertaining to this user. This is an optional parameter and is only applicable for administrative API (SigV4) requests.

IncludeIndirectActivities

Includes indirect activities. An indirect activity results from a direct activity performed on a parent resource. For example, sharing a parent folder (the direct activity) shares all of the subfolders and documents within the parent folder (the indirect activity).

Limit

The maximum number of items to return.

Marker

The marker for the next set of results.


List all the comments for the specified document version

Description

List all the comments for the specified document version.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workdocs_describe_comments/ for full documentation.

Usage

workdocs_describe_comments(
  AuthenticationToken = NULL,
  DocumentId,
  VersionId,
  Limit = NULL,
  Marker = NULL
)

Arguments

AuthenticationToken

Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. Not required when using Amazon Web Services administrator credentials to access the API.

DocumentId

[required] The ID of the document.

VersionId

[required] The ID of the document version.

Limit

The maximum number of items to return.

Marker

The marker for the next set of results. This marker was received from a previous call.


Retrieves the document versions for the specified document

Description

Retrieves the document versions for the specified document.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workdocs_describe_document_versions/ for full documentation.

Usage

workdocs_describe_document_versions(
  AuthenticationToken = NULL,
  DocumentId,
  Marker = NULL,
  Limit = NULL,
  Include = NULL,
  Fields = NULL
)

Arguments

AuthenticationToken

Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. Not required when using Amazon Web Services administrator credentials to access the API.

DocumentId

[required] The ID of the document.

Marker

The marker for the next set of results. (You received this marker from a previous call.)

Limit

The maximum number of versions to return with this call.

Include

A comma-separated list of values. Specify "INITIALIZED" to include incomplete versions.

Fields

Specify "SOURCE" to include initialized versions and a URL for the source document.


Describes the contents of the specified folder, including its documents and subfolders

Description

Describes the contents of the specified folder, including its documents and subfolders.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workdocs_describe_folder_contents/ for full documentation.

Usage

workdocs_describe_folder_contents(
  AuthenticationToken = NULL,
  FolderId,
  Sort = NULL,
  Order = NULL,
  Limit = NULL,
  Marker = NULL,
  Type = NULL,
  Include = NULL
)

Arguments

AuthenticationToken

Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. Not required when using Amazon Web Services administrator credentials to access the API.

FolderId

[required] The ID of the folder.

Sort

The sorting criteria.

Order

The order for the contents of the folder.

Limit

The maximum number of items to return with this call.

Marker

The marker for the next set of results. This marker was received from a previous call.

Type

The type of items.

Include

The contents to include. Specify "INITIALIZED" to include initialized documents.


Describes the groups specified by the query

Description

Describes the groups specified by the query. Groups are defined by the underlying Active Directory.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workdocs_describe_groups/ for full documentation.

Usage

workdocs_describe_groups(
  AuthenticationToken = NULL,
  SearchQuery,
  OrganizationId = NULL,
  Marker = NULL,
  Limit = NULL
)

Arguments

AuthenticationToken

Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. Not required when using Amazon Web Services administrator credentials to access the API.

SearchQuery

[required] A query to describe groups by group name.

OrganizationId

The ID of the organization.

Marker

The marker for the next set of results. (You received this marker from a previous call.)

Limit

The maximum number of items to return with this call.


Lists the specified notification subscriptions

Description

Lists the specified notification subscriptions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workdocs_describe_notification_subscriptions/ for full documentation.

Usage

workdocs_describe_notification_subscriptions(
  OrganizationId,
  Marker = NULL,
  Limit = NULL
)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The ID of the organization.

Marker

The marker for the next set of results. (You received this marker from a previous call.)

Limit

The maximum number of items to return with this call.


Describes the permissions of a specified resource

Description

Describes the permissions of a specified resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workdocs_describe_resource_permissions/ for full documentation.

Usage

workdocs_describe_resource_permissions(
  AuthenticationToken = NULL,
  ResourceId,
  PrincipalId = NULL,
  Limit = NULL,
  Marker = NULL
)

Arguments

AuthenticationToken

Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. Not required when using Amazon Web Services administrator credentials to access the API.

ResourceId

[required] The ID of the resource.

PrincipalId

The ID of the principal to filter permissions by.

Limit

The maximum number of items to return with this call.

Marker

The marker for the next set of results. (You received this marker from a previous call)


Describes the current user's special folders; the RootFolder and the RecycleBin

Description

Describes the current user's special folders; the RootFolder and the RecycleBin. RootFolder is the root of user's files and folders and RecycleBin is the root of recycled items. This is not a valid action for SigV4 (administrative API) clients.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workdocs_describe_root_folders/ for full documentation.

Usage

workdocs_describe_root_folders(
  AuthenticationToken,
  Limit = NULL,
  Marker = NULL
)

Arguments

AuthenticationToken

[required] Amazon WorkDocs authentication token.

Limit

The maximum number of items to return.

Marker

The marker for the next set of results. (You received this marker from a previous call.)


Describes the specified users

Description

Describes the specified users. You can describe all users or filter the results (for example, by status or organization).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workdocs_describe_users/ for full documentation.

Usage

workdocs_describe_users(
  AuthenticationToken = NULL,
  OrganizationId = NULL,
  UserIds = NULL,
  Query = NULL,
  Include = NULL,
  Order = NULL,
  Sort = NULL,
  Marker = NULL,
  Limit = NULL,
  Fields = NULL
)

Arguments

AuthenticationToken

Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. Not required when using Amazon Web Services administrator credentials to access the API.

OrganizationId

The ID of the organization.

UserIds

The IDs of the users.

Query

A query to filter users by user name. Remember the following about the Userids and Query parameters:

  • If you don't use either parameter, the API returns a paginated list of all users on the site.

  • If you use both parameters, the API ignores the Query parameter.

  • The Userid parameter only returns user names that match a corresponding user ID.

  • The Query parameter runs a "prefix" search for users by the GivenName, SurName, or UserName fields included in a create_user API call. For example, querying on Ma returns Márcia Oliveira, María García, and Mateo Jackson. If you use multiple characters, the API only returns data that matches all characters. For example, querying on ⁠Ma J⁠ only returns Mateo Jackson.

Include

The state of the users. Specify "ALL" to include inactive users.

Order

The order for the results.

Sort

The sorting criteria.

Marker

The marker for the next set of results. (You received this marker from a previous call.)

Limit

The maximum number of items to return.

Fields

A comma-separated list of values. Specify "STORAGE_METADATA" to include the user storage quota and utilization information.


Retrieves details of the current user for whom the authentication token was generated

Description

Retrieves details of the current user for whom the authentication token was generated. This is not a valid action for SigV4 (administrative API) clients.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workdocs_get_current_user/ for full documentation.

Usage

workdocs_get_current_user(AuthenticationToken)

Arguments

AuthenticationToken

[required] Amazon WorkDocs authentication token.


Retrieves details of a document

Description

Retrieves details of a document.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workdocs_get_document/ for full documentation.

Usage

workdocs_get_document(
  AuthenticationToken = NULL,
  DocumentId,
  IncludeCustomMetadata = NULL
)

Arguments

AuthenticationToken

Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. Not required when using Amazon Web Services administrator credentials to access the API.

DocumentId

[required] The ID of the document.

IncludeCustomMetadata

Set this to TRUE to include custom metadata in the response.


Retrieves the path information (the hierarchy from the root folder) for the requested document

Description

Retrieves the path information (the hierarchy from the root folder) for the requested document.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workdocs_get_document_path/ for full documentation.

Usage

workdocs_get_document_path(
  AuthenticationToken = NULL,
  DocumentId,
  Limit = NULL,
  Fields = NULL,
  Marker = NULL
)

Arguments

AuthenticationToken

Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. Not required when using Amazon Web Services administrator credentials to access the API.

DocumentId

[required] The ID of the document.

Limit

The maximum number of levels in the hierarchy to return.

Fields

A comma-separated list of values. Specify NAME to include the names of the parent folders.

Marker

This value is not supported.


Retrieves version metadata for the specified document

Description

Retrieves version metadata for the specified document.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workdocs_get_document_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

workdocs_get_document_version(
  AuthenticationToken = NULL,
  DocumentId,
  VersionId,
  Fields = NULL,
  IncludeCustomMetadata = NULL
)

Arguments

AuthenticationToken

Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. Not required when using Amazon Web Services administrator credentials to access the API.

DocumentId

[required] The ID of the document.

VersionId

[required] The version ID of the document.

Fields

A comma-separated list of values. Specify "SOURCE" to include a URL for the source document.

IncludeCustomMetadata

Set this to TRUE to include custom metadata in the response.


Retrieves the metadata of the specified folder

Description

Retrieves the metadata of the specified folder.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workdocs_get_folder/ for full documentation.

Usage

workdocs_get_folder(
  AuthenticationToken = NULL,
  FolderId,
  IncludeCustomMetadata = NULL
)

Arguments

AuthenticationToken

Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. Not required when using Amazon Web Services administrator credentials to access the API.

FolderId

[required] The ID of the folder.

IncludeCustomMetadata

Set to TRUE to include custom metadata in the response.


Retrieves the path information (the hierarchy from the root folder) for the specified folder

Description

Retrieves the path information (the hierarchy from the root folder) for the specified folder.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workdocs_get_folder_path/ for full documentation.

Usage

workdocs_get_folder_path(
  AuthenticationToken = NULL,
  FolderId,
  Limit = NULL,
  Fields = NULL,
  Marker = NULL
)

Arguments

AuthenticationToken

Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. Not required when using Amazon Web Services administrator credentials to access the API.

FolderId

[required] The ID of the folder.

Limit

The maximum number of levels in the hierarchy to return.

Fields

A comma-separated list of values. Specify "NAME" to include the names of the parent folders.

Marker

This value is not supported.


Retrieves a collection of resources, including folders and documents

Description

Retrieves a collection of resources, including folders and documents. The only CollectionType supported is SHARED_WITH_ME.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workdocs_get_resources/ for full documentation.

Usage

workdocs_get_resources(
  AuthenticationToken = NULL,
  UserId = NULL,
  CollectionType = NULL,
  Limit = NULL,
  Marker = NULL
)

Arguments

AuthenticationToken

The Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. Not required when using Amazon Web Services administrator credentials to access the API.

UserId

The user ID for the resource collection. This is a required field for accessing the API operation using IAM credentials.

CollectionType

The collection type.

Limit

The maximum number of resources to return.

Marker

The marker for the next set of results. This marker was received from a previous call.


Creates a new document object and version object

Description

Creates a new document object and version object.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workdocs_initiate_document_version_upload/ for full documentation.

Usage

workdocs_initiate_document_version_upload(
  AuthenticationToken = NULL,
  Id = NULL,
  Name = NULL,
  ContentCreatedTimestamp = NULL,
  ContentModifiedTimestamp = NULL,
  ContentType = NULL,
  DocumentSizeInBytes = NULL,
  ParentFolderId = NULL
)

Arguments

AuthenticationToken

Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. Not required when using Amazon Web Services administrator credentials to access the API.

Id

The ID of the document.

Name

The name of the document.

ContentCreatedTimestamp

The timestamp when the content of the document was originally created.

ContentModifiedTimestamp

The timestamp when the content of the document was modified.

ContentType

The content type of the document.

DocumentSizeInBytes

The size of the document, in bytes.

ParentFolderId

The ID of the parent folder.


Removes all the permissions from the specified resource

Description

Removes all the permissions from the specified resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workdocs_remove_all_resource_permissions/ for full documentation.

Usage

workdocs_remove_all_resource_permissions(
  AuthenticationToken = NULL,
  ResourceId
)

Arguments

AuthenticationToken

Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. Not required when using Amazon Web Services administrator credentials to access the API.

ResourceId

[required] The ID of the resource.


Removes the permission for the specified principal from the specified resource

Description

Removes the permission for the specified principal from the specified resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workdocs_remove_resource_permission/ for full documentation.

Usage

workdocs_remove_resource_permission(
  AuthenticationToken = NULL,
  ResourceId,
  PrincipalId,
  PrincipalType = NULL
)

Arguments

AuthenticationToken

Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. Not required when using Amazon Web Services administrator credentials to access the API.

ResourceId

[required] The ID of the resource.

PrincipalId

[required] The principal ID of the resource.

PrincipalType

The principal type of the resource.


Recovers a deleted version of an Amazon WorkDocs document

Description

Recovers a deleted version of an Amazon WorkDocs document.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workdocs_restore_document_versions/ for full documentation.

Usage

workdocs_restore_document_versions(AuthenticationToken = NULL, DocumentId)

Arguments

AuthenticationToken

Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. Not required when using Amazon Web Services administrator credentials to access the API.

DocumentId

[required] The ID of the document.


Searches metadata and the content of folders, documents, document versions, and comments

Description

Searches metadata and the content of folders, documents, document versions, and comments.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workdocs_search_resources/ for full documentation.

Usage

workdocs_search_resources(
  AuthenticationToken = NULL,
  QueryText = NULL,
  QueryScopes = NULL,
  OrganizationId = NULL,
  AdditionalResponseFields = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  OrderBy = NULL,
  Limit = NULL,
  Marker = NULL
)

Arguments

AuthenticationToken

Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. Not required when using Amazon Web Services administrator credentials to access the API.

QueryText

The String to search for. Searches across different text fields based on request parameters. Use double quotes around the query string for exact phrase matches.

QueryScopes

Filter based on the text field type. A Folder has only a name and no content. A Comment has only content and no name. A Document or Document Version has a name and content

OrganizationId

Filters based on the resource owner OrgId. This is a mandatory parameter when using Admin SigV4 credentials.

AdditionalResponseFields

A list of attributes to include in the response. Used to request fields that are not normally returned in a standard response.

Filters

Filters results based on entity metadata.

OrderBy

Order by results in one or more categories.

Limit

Max results count per page.

Marker

The marker for the next set of results.


Updates the specified attributes of a document

Description

Updates the specified attributes of a document. The user must have access to both the document and its parent folder, if applicable.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workdocs_update_document/ for full documentation.

Usage

workdocs_update_document(
  AuthenticationToken = NULL,
  DocumentId,
  Name = NULL,
  ParentFolderId = NULL,
  ResourceState = NULL
)

Arguments

AuthenticationToken

Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. Not required when using Amazon Web Services administrator credentials to access the API.

DocumentId

[required] The ID of the document.

Name

The name of the document.

ParentFolderId

The ID of the parent folder.

ResourceState

The resource state of the document. Only ACTIVE and RECYCLED are supported.


Changes the status of the document version to ACTIVE

Description

Changes the status of the document version to ACTIVE.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workdocs_update_document_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

workdocs_update_document_version(
  AuthenticationToken = NULL,
  DocumentId,
  VersionId,
  VersionStatus = NULL
)

Arguments

AuthenticationToken

Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. Not required when using Amazon Web Services administrator credentials to access the API.

DocumentId

[required] The ID of the document.

VersionId

[required] The version ID of the document.

VersionStatus

The status of the version.


Updates the specified attributes of the specified folder

Description

Updates the specified attributes of the specified folder. The user must have access to both the folder and its parent folder, if applicable.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workdocs_update_folder/ for full documentation.

Usage

workdocs_update_folder(
  AuthenticationToken = NULL,
  FolderId,
  Name = NULL,
  ParentFolderId = NULL,
  ResourceState = NULL
)

Arguments

AuthenticationToken

Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. Not required when using Amazon Web Services administrator credentials to access the API.

FolderId

[required] The ID of the folder.

Name

The name of the folder.

ParentFolderId

The ID of the parent folder.

ResourceState

The resource state of the folder. Only ACTIVE and RECYCLED are accepted values from the API.


Updates the specified attributes of the specified user, and grants or revokes administrative privileges to the Amazon WorkDocs site

Description

Updates the specified attributes of the specified user, and grants or revokes administrative privileges to the Amazon WorkDocs site.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workdocs_update_user/ for full documentation.

Usage

workdocs_update_user(
  AuthenticationToken = NULL,
  UserId,
  GivenName = NULL,
  Surname = NULL,
  Type = NULL,
  StorageRule = NULL,
  TimeZoneId = NULL,
  Locale = NULL,
  GrantPoweruserPrivileges = NULL
)

Arguments

AuthenticationToken

Amazon WorkDocs authentication token. Not required when using Amazon Web Services administrator credentials to access the API.

UserId

[required] The ID of the user.

GivenName

The given name of the user.

Surname

The surname of the user.

Type

The type of the user.

StorageRule

The amount of storage for the user.

TimeZoneId

The time zone ID of the user.

Locale

The locale of the user.

GrantPoweruserPrivileges

Boolean value to determine whether the user is granted Power user privileges.


Amazon WorkMail

Description

WorkMail is a secure, managed business email and calendaring service with support for existing desktop and mobile email clients. You can access your email, contacts, and calendars using Microsoft Outlook, your browser, or other native iOS and Android email applications. You can integrate WorkMail with your existing corporate directory and control both the keys that encrypt your data and the location in which your data is stored.

The WorkMail API is designed for the following scenarios:

All WorkMail API operations are Amazon-authenticated and certificate-signed. They not only require the use of the AWS SDK, but also allow for the exclusive use of AWS Identity and Access Management users and roles to help facilitate access, trust, and permission policies. By creating a role and allowing an IAM user to access the WorkMail site, the IAM user gains full administrative visibility into the entire WorkMail organization (or as set in the IAM policy). This includes, but is not limited to, the ability to create, update, and delete users, groups, and resources. This allows developers to perform the scenarios listed above, as well as give users the ability to grant access on a selective basis using the IAM model.

Usage

workmail(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- workmail(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

associate_delegate_to_resource Adds a member (user or group) to the resource's set of delegates
associate_member_to_group Adds a member (user or group) to the group's set
assume_impersonation_role Assumes an impersonation role for the given WorkMail organization
cancel_mailbox_export_job Cancels a mailbox export job
create_alias Adds an alias to the set of a given member (user or group) of WorkMail
create_availability_configuration Creates an AvailabilityConfiguration for the given WorkMail organization and domain
create_group Creates a group that can be used in WorkMail by calling the RegisterToWorkMail operation
create_identity_center_application Creates the WorkMail application in IAM Identity Center that can be used later in the WorkMail - IdC integration
create_impersonation_role Creates an impersonation role for the given WorkMail organization
create_mobile_device_access_rule Creates a new mobile device access rule for the specified WorkMail organization
create_organization Creates a new WorkMail organization
create_resource Creates a new WorkMail resource
create_user Creates a user who can be used in WorkMail by calling the RegisterToWorkMail operation
delete_access_control_rule Deletes an access control rule for the specified WorkMail organization
delete_alias Remove one or more specified aliases from a set of aliases for a given user
delete_availability_configuration Deletes the AvailabilityConfiguration for the given WorkMail organization and domain
delete_email_monitoring_configuration Deletes the email monitoring configuration for a specified organization
delete_group Deletes a group from WorkMail
delete_identity_center_application Deletes the IAM Identity Center application from WorkMail
delete_identity_provider_configuration Disables the integration between IdC and WorkMail
delete_impersonation_role Deletes an impersonation role for the given WorkMail organization
delete_mailbox_permissions Deletes permissions granted to a member (user or group)
delete_mobile_device_access_override Deletes the mobile device access override for the given WorkMail organization, user, and device
delete_mobile_device_access_rule Deletes a mobile device access rule for the specified WorkMail organization
delete_organization Deletes an WorkMail organization and all underlying AWS resources managed by WorkMail as part of the organization
delete_personal_access_token Deletes the Personal Access Token from the provided WorkMail Organization
delete_resource Deletes the specified resource
delete_retention_policy Deletes the specified retention policy from the specified organization
delete_user Deletes a user from WorkMail and all subsequent systems
deregister_from_work_mail Mark a user, group, or resource as no longer used in WorkMail
deregister_mail_domain Removes a domain from WorkMail, stops email routing to WorkMail, and removes the authorization allowing WorkMail use
describe_email_monitoring_configuration Describes the current email monitoring configuration for a specified organization
describe_entity Returns basic details about an entity in WorkMail
describe_group Returns the data available for the group
describe_identity_provider_configuration Returns detailed information on the current IdC setup for the WorkMail organization
describe_inbound_dmarc_settings Lists the settings in a DMARC policy for a specified organization
describe_mailbox_export_job Describes the current status of a mailbox export job
describe_organization Provides more information regarding a given organization based on its identifier
describe_resource Returns the data available for the resource
describe_user Provides information regarding the user
disassociate_delegate_from_resource Removes a member from the resource's set of delegates
disassociate_member_from_group Removes a member from a group
get_access_control_effect Gets the effects of an organization's access control rules as they apply to a specified IPv4 address, access protocol action, and user ID or impersonation role ID
get_default_retention_policy Gets the default retention policy details for the specified organization
get_impersonation_role Gets the impersonation role details for the given WorkMail organization
get_impersonation_role_effect Tests whether the given impersonation role can impersonate a target user
get_mailbox_details Requests a user's mailbox details for a specified organization and user
get_mail_domain Gets details for a mail domain, including domain records required to configure your domain with recommended security
get_mobile_device_access_effect Simulates the effect of the mobile device access rules for the given attributes of a sample access event
get_mobile_device_access_override Gets the mobile device access override for the given WorkMail organization, user, and device
get_personal_access_token_metadata Requests details of a specific Personal Access Token within the WorkMail organization
list_access_control_rules Lists the access control rules for the specified organization
list_aliases Creates a paginated call to list the aliases associated with a given entity
list_availability_configurations List all the AvailabilityConfiguration's for the given WorkMail organization
list_group_members Returns an overview of the members of a group
list_groups Returns summaries of the organization's groups
list_groups_for_entity Returns all the groups to which an entity belongs
list_impersonation_roles Lists all the impersonation roles for the given WorkMail organization
list_mailbox_export_jobs Lists the mailbox export jobs started for the specified organization within the last seven days
list_mailbox_permissions Lists the mailbox permissions associated with a user, group, or resource mailbox
list_mail_domains Lists the mail domains in a given WorkMail organization
list_mobile_device_access_overrides Lists all the mobile device access overrides for any given combination of WorkMail organization, user, or device
list_mobile_device_access_rules Lists the mobile device access rules for the specified WorkMail organization
list_organizations Returns summaries of the customer's organizations
list_personal_access_tokens Returns a summary of your Personal Access Tokens
list_resource_delegates Lists the delegates associated with a resource
list_resources Returns summaries of the organization's resources
list_tags_for_resource Lists the tags applied to an WorkMail organization resource
list_users Returns summaries of the organization's users
put_access_control_rule Adds a new access control rule for the specified organization
put_email_monitoring_configuration Creates or updates the email monitoring configuration for a specified organization
put_identity_provider_configuration Enables integration between IAM Identity Center (IdC) and WorkMail to proxy authentication requests for mailbox users
put_inbound_dmarc_settings Enables or disables a DMARC policy for a given organization
put_mailbox_permissions Sets permissions for a user, group, or resource
put_mobile_device_access_override Creates or updates a mobile device access override for the given WorkMail organization, user, and device
put_retention_policy Puts a retention policy to the specified organization
register_mail_domain Registers a new domain in WorkMail and SES, and configures it for use by WorkMail
register_to_work_mail Registers an existing and disabled user, group, or resource for WorkMail use by associating a mailbox and calendaring capabilities
reset_password Allows the administrator to reset the password for a user
start_mailbox_export_job Starts a mailbox export job to export MIME-format email messages and calendar items from the specified mailbox to the specified Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) bucket
tag_resource Applies the specified tags to the specified WorkMailorganization resource
test_availability_configuration Performs a test on an availability provider to ensure that access is allowed
untag_resource Untags the specified tags from the specified WorkMail organization resource
update_availability_configuration Updates an existing AvailabilityConfiguration for the given WorkMail organization and domain
update_default_mail_domain Updates the default mail domain for an organization
update_group Updates attributes in a group
update_impersonation_role Updates an impersonation role for the given WorkMail organization
update_mailbox_quota Updates a user's current mailbox quota for a specified organization and user
update_mobile_device_access_rule Updates a mobile device access rule for the specified WorkMail organization
update_primary_email_address Updates the primary email for a user, group, or resource
update_resource Updates data for the resource
update_user Updates data for the user

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- workmail()
svc$associate_delegate_to_resource(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Adds a member (user or group) to the resource's set of delegates

Description

Adds a member (user or group) to the resource's set of delegates.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_associate_delegate_to_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_associate_delegate_to_resource(OrganizationId, ResourceId, EntityId)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The organization under which the resource exists.

ResourceId

[required] The resource for which members (users or groups) are associated.

The identifier can accept ResourceId, Resourcename, or email. The following identity formats are available:

  • Resource ID: r-0123456789a0123456789b0123456789

  • Email address: resource@domain.tld

  • Resource name: resource

EntityId

[required] The member (user or group) to associate to the resource.

The entity ID can accept UserId or GroupID, Username or Groupname, or email.

  • Entity: 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 or S-1-1-12-1234567890-123456789-123456789-1234

  • Email address: entity@domain.tld

  • Entity: entity


Adds a member (user or group) to the group's set

Description

Adds a member (user or group) to the group's set.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_associate_member_to_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_associate_member_to_group(OrganizationId, GroupId, MemberId)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The organization under which the group exists.

GroupId

[required] The group to which the member (user or group) is associated.

The identifier can accept GroupId, Groupname, or email. The following identity formats are available:

  • Group ID: 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 or S-1-1-12-1234567890-123456789-123456789-1234

  • Email address: group@domain.tld

  • Group name: group

MemberId

[required] The member (user or group) to associate to the group.

The member ID can accept UserID or GroupId, Username or Groupname, or email.

  • Member: 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 or S-1-1-12-1234567890-123456789-123456789-1234

  • Email address: member@domain.tld

  • Member name: member


Assumes an impersonation role for the given WorkMail organization

Description

Assumes an impersonation role for the given WorkMail organization. This method returns an authentication token you can use to make impersonated calls.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_assume_impersonation_role/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_assume_impersonation_role(OrganizationId, ImpersonationRoleId)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The WorkMail organization under which the impersonation role will be assumed.

ImpersonationRoleId

[required] The impersonation role ID to assume.


Cancels a mailbox export job

Description

Cancels a mailbox export job.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_cancel_mailbox_export_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_cancel_mailbox_export_job(ClientToken, JobId, OrganizationId)

Arguments

ClientToken

[required] The idempotency token for the client request.

JobId

[required] The job ID.

OrganizationId

[required] The organization ID.


Adds an alias to the set of a given member (user or group) of WorkMail

Description

Adds an alias to the set of a given member (user or group) of WorkMail.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_create_alias/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_create_alias(OrganizationId, EntityId, Alias)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The organization under which the member (user or group) exists.

EntityId

[required] The member (user or group) to which this alias is added.

Alias

[required] The alias to add to the member set.


Creates an AvailabilityConfiguration for the given WorkMail organization and domain

Description

Creates an AvailabilityConfiguration for the given WorkMail organization and domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_create_availability_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_create_availability_configuration(
  ClientToken = NULL,
  OrganizationId,
  DomainName,
  EwsProvider = NULL,
  LambdaProvider = NULL
)

Arguments

ClientToken

An idempotent token that ensures that an API request is executed only once.

OrganizationId

[required] The WorkMail organization for which the AvailabilityConfiguration will be created.

DomainName

[required] The domain to which the provider applies.

EwsProvider

Exchange Web Services (EWS) availability provider definition. The request must contain exactly one provider definition, either EwsProvider or LambdaProvider.

LambdaProvider

Lambda availability provider definition. The request must contain exactly one provider definition, either EwsProvider or LambdaProvider.


Creates a group that can be used in WorkMail by calling the RegisterToWorkMail operation

Description

Creates a group that can be used in WorkMail by calling the register_to_work_mail operation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_create_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_create_group(OrganizationId, Name, HiddenFromGlobalAddressList = NULL)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The organization under which the group is to be created.

Name

[required] The name of the group.

HiddenFromGlobalAddressList

If this parameter is enabled, the group will be hidden from the address book.


Creates the WorkMail application in IAM Identity Center that can be used later in the WorkMail - IdC integration

Description

Creates the WorkMail application in IAM Identity Center that can be used later in the WorkMail - IdC integration. For more information, see PutIdentityProviderConfiguration. This action does not affect the authentication settings for any WorkMail organizations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_create_identity_center_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_create_identity_center_application(
  Name,
  InstanceArn,
  ClientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the IAM Identity Center application.

InstanceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the instance.

ClientToken

The idempotency token associated with the request.


Creates an impersonation role for the given WorkMail organization

Description

Creates an impersonation role for the given WorkMail organization.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_create_impersonation_role/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_create_impersonation_role(
  ClientToken = NULL,
  OrganizationId,
  Name,
  Type,
  Description = NULL,
  Rules
)

Arguments

ClientToken

The idempotency token for the client request.

OrganizationId

[required] The WorkMail organization to create the new impersonation role within.

Name

[required] The name of the new impersonation role.

Type

[required] The impersonation role's type. The available impersonation role types are READ_ONLY or FULL_ACCESS.

Description

The description of the new impersonation role.

Rules

[required] The list of rules for the impersonation role.


Creates a new mobile device access rule for the specified WorkMail organization

Description

Creates a new mobile device access rule for the specified WorkMail organization.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_create_mobile_device_access_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_create_mobile_device_access_rule(
  OrganizationId,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  Name,
  Description = NULL,
  Effect,
  DeviceTypes = NULL,
  NotDeviceTypes = NULL,
  DeviceModels = NULL,
  NotDeviceModels = NULL,
  DeviceOperatingSystems = NULL,
  NotDeviceOperatingSystems = NULL,
  DeviceUserAgents = NULL,
  NotDeviceUserAgents = NULL
)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The WorkMail organization under which the rule will be created.

ClientToken

The idempotency token for the client request.

Name

[required] The rule name.

Description

The rule description.

Effect

[required] The effect of the rule when it matches. Allowed values are ALLOW or DENY.

DeviceTypes

Device types that the rule will match.

NotDeviceTypes

Device types that the rule will not match. All other device types will match.

DeviceModels

Device models that the rule will match.

NotDeviceModels

Device models that the rule will not match. All other device models will match.

DeviceOperatingSystems

Device operating systems that the rule will match.

NotDeviceOperatingSystems

Device operating systems that the rule will not match. All other device operating systems will match.

DeviceUserAgents

Device user agents that the rule will match.

NotDeviceUserAgents

Device user agents that the rule will not match. All other device user agents will match.


Creates a new WorkMail organization

Description

Creates a new WorkMail organization. Optionally, you can choose to associate an existing AWS Directory Service directory with your organization. If an AWS Directory Service directory ID is specified, the organization alias must match the directory alias. If you choose not to associate an existing directory with your organization, then we create a new WorkMail directory for you. For more information, see Adding an organization in the WorkMail Administrator Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_create_organization/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_create_organization(
  DirectoryId = NULL,
  Alias,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  Domains = NULL,
  KmsKeyArn = NULL,
  EnableInteroperability = NULL
)

Arguments

DirectoryId

The AWS Directory Service directory ID.

Alias

[required] The organization alias.

ClientToken

The idempotency token associated with the request.

Domains

The email domains to associate with the organization.

KmsKeyArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of a customer managed key from AWS KMS.

EnableInteroperability

When true, allows organization interoperability between WorkMail and Microsoft Exchange. If true, you must include a AD Connector directory ID in the request.


Creates a new WorkMail resource

Description

Creates a new WorkMail resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_create_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_create_resource(
  OrganizationId,
  Name,
  Type,
  Description = NULL,
  HiddenFromGlobalAddressList = NULL
)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The identifier associated with the organization for which the resource is created.

Name

[required] The name of the new resource.

Type

[required] The type of the new resource. The available types are equipment and room.

Description

Resource description.

HiddenFromGlobalAddressList

If this parameter is enabled, the resource will be hidden from the address book.


Creates a user who can be used in WorkMail by calling the RegisterToWorkMail operation

Description

Creates a user who can be used in WorkMail by calling the register_to_work_mail operation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_create_user/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_create_user(
  OrganizationId,
  Name,
  DisplayName,
  Password = NULL,
  Role = NULL,
  FirstName = NULL,
  LastName = NULL,
  HiddenFromGlobalAddressList = NULL,
  IdentityProviderUserId = NULL
)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The identifier of the organization for which the user is created.

Name

[required] The name for the new user. WorkMail directory user names have a maximum length of 64. All others have a maximum length of 20.

DisplayName

[required] The display name for the new user.

Password

The password for the new user.

Role

The role of the new user.

You cannot pass SYSTEM_USER or RESOURCE role in a single request. When a user role is not selected, the default role of USER is selected.

FirstName

The first name of the new user.

LastName

The last name of the new user.

HiddenFromGlobalAddressList

If this parameter is enabled, the user will be hidden from the address book.

IdentityProviderUserId

User ID from the IAM Identity Center. If this parameter is empty it will be updated automatically when the user logs in for the first time to the mailbox associated with WorkMail.


Deletes an access control rule for the specified WorkMail organization

Description

Deletes an access control rule for the specified WorkMail organization.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_delete_access_control_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_delete_access_control_rule(OrganizationId, Name)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The identifier for the organization.

Name

[required] The name of the access control rule.


Remove one or more specified aliases from a set of aliases for a given user

Description

Remove one or more specified aliases from a set of aliases for a given user.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_delete_alias/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_delete_alias(OrganizationId, EntityId, Alias)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The identifier for the organization under which the user exists.

EntityId

[required] The identifier for the member (user or group) from which to have the aliases removed.

Alias

[required] The aliases to be removed from the user's set of aliases. Duplicate entries in the list are collapsed into single entries (the list is transformed into a set).


Deletes the AvailabilityConfiguration for the given WorkMail organization and domain

Description

Deletes the AvailabilityConfiguration for the given WorkMail organization and domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_delete_availability_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_delete_availability_configuration(OrganizationId, DomainName)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The WorkMail organization for which the AvailabilityConfiguration will be deleted.

DomainName

[required] The domain for which the AvailabilityConfiguration will be deleted.


Deletes the email monitoring configuration for a specified organization

Description

Deletes the email monitoring configuration for a specified organization.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_delete_email_monitoring_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_delete_email_monitoring_configuration(OrganizationId)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The ID of the organization from which the email monitoring configuration is deleted.


Deletes a group from WorkMail

Description

Deletes a group from WorkMail.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_delete_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_delete_group(OrganizationId, GroupId)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The organization that contains the group.

GroupId

[required] The identifier of the group to be deleted.

The identifier can be the GroupId, or Groupname. The following identity formats are available:

  • Group ID: 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 or S-1-1-12-1234567890-123456789-123456789-1234

  • Group name: group


Deletes the IAM Identity Center application from WorkMail

Description

Deletes the IAM Identity Center application from WorkMail. This action does not affect the authentication settings for any WorkMail organizations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_delete_identity_center_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_delete_identity_center_application(ApplicationArn)

Arguments

ApplicationArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the application.


Disables the integration between IdC and WorkMail

Description

Disables the integration between IdC and WorkMail. Authentication will continue with the directory as it was before the IdC integration. You might have to reset your directory passwords and reconfigure your desktop and mobile email clients.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_delete_identity_provider_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_delete_identity_provider_configuration(OrganizationId)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The Organization ID.


Deletes an impersonation role for the given WorkMail organization

Description

Deletes an impersonation role for the given WorkMail organization.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_delete_impersonation_role/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_delete_impersonation_role(OrganizationId, ImpersonationRoleId)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The WorkMail organization from which to delete the impersonation role.

ImpersonationRoleId

[required] The ID of the impersonation role to delete.


Deletes permissions granted to a member (user or group)

Description

Deletes permissions granted to a member (user or group).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_delete_mailbox_permissions/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_delete_mailbox_permissions(OrganizationId, EntityId, GranteeId)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The identifier of the organization under which the member (user or group) exists.

EntityId

[required] The identifier of the entity that owns the mailbox.

The identifier can be UserId or Group Id, Username or Groupname, or email.

  • Entity ID: 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012, r-0123456789a0123456789b0123456789, or S-1-1-12-1234567890-123456789-123456789-1234

  • Email address: entity@domain.tld

  • Entity name: entity

GranteeId

[required] The identifier of the entity for which to delete granted permissions.

The identifier can be UserId, ResourceID, or Group Id, Username or Groupname, or email.

  • Grantee ID: 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012,r-0123456789a0123456789b0123456789, or S-1-1-12-1234567890-123456789-123456789-1234

  • Email address: grantee@domain.tld

  • Grantee name: grantee


Deletes the mobile device access override for the given WorkMail organization, user, and device

Description

Deletes the mobile device access override for the given WorkMail organization, user, and device.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_delete_mobile_device_access_override/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_delete_mobile_device_access_override(OrganizationId, UserId, DeviceId)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The WorkMail organization for which the access override will be deleted.

UserId

[required] The WorkMail user for which you want to delete the override. Accepts the following types of user identities:

  • User ID: 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 or S-1-1-12-1234567890-123456789-123456789-1234

  • Email address: user@domain.tld

  • User name: user

DeviceId

[required] The mobile device for which you delete the override. DeviceId is case insensitive.


Deletes a mobile device access rule for the specified WorkMail organization

Description

Deletes a mobile device access rule for the specified WorkMail organization.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_delete_mobile_device_access_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_delete_mobile_device_access_rule(
  OrganizationId,
  MobileDeviceAccessRuleId
)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The WorkMail organization under which the rule will be deleted.

MobileDeviceAccessRuleId

[required] The identifier of the rule to be deleted.


Deletes an WorkMail organization and all underlying AWS resources managed by WorkMail as part of the organization

Description

Deletes an WorkMail organization and all underlying AWS resources managed by WorkMail as part of the organization. You can choose whether to delete the associated directory. For more information, see Removing an organization in the WorkMail Administrator Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_delete_organization/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_delete_organization(
  ClientToken = NULL,
  OrganizationId,
  DeleteDirectory,
  ForceDelete = NULL,
  DeleteIdentityCenterApplication = NULL
)

Arguments

ClientToken

The idempotency token associated with the request.

OrganizationId

[required] The organization ID.

DeleteDirectory

[required] If true, deletes the AWS Directory Service directory associated with the organization.

ForceDelete

Deletes a WorkMail organization even if the organization has enabled users.

DeleteIdentityCenterApplication

Deletes IAM Identity Center application for WorkMail. This action does not affect authentication settings for any organization.


Deletes the Personal Access Token from the provided WorkMail Organization

Description

Deletes the Personal Access Token from the provided WorkMail Organization.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_delete_personal_access_token/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_delete_personal_access_token(OrganizationId, PersonalAccessTokenId)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The Organization ID.

PersonalAccessTokenId

[required] The Personal Access Token ID.


Deletes the specified resource

Description

Deletes the specified resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_delete_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_delete_resource(OrganizationId, ResourceId)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The identifier associated with the organization from which the resource is deleted.

ResourceId

[required] The identifier of the resource to be deleted.

The identifier can accept ResourceId, or Resourcename. The following identity formats are available:

  • Resource ID: r-0123456789a0123456789b0123456789

  • Resource name: resource


Deletes the specified retention policy from the specified organization

Description

Deletes the specified retention policy from the specified organization.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_delete_retention_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_delete_retention_policy(OrganizationId, Id)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The organization ID.

Id

[required] The retention policy ID.


Deletes a user from WorkMail and all subsequent systems

Description

Deletes a user from WorkMail and all subsequent systems. Before you can delete a user, the user state must be DISABLED. Use the describe_user action to confirm the user state.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_delete_user/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_delete_user(OrganizationId, UserId)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The organization that contains the user to be deleted.

UserId

[required] The identifier of the user to be deleted.

The identifier can be the UserId or Username. The following identity formats are available:

  • User ID: 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 or S-1-1-12-1234567890-123456789-123456789-1234

  • User name: user


Mark a user, group, or resource as no longer used in WorkMail

Description

Mark a user, group, or resource as no longer used in WorkMail. This action disassociates the mailbox and schedules it for clean-up. WorkMail keeps mailboxes for 30 days before they are permanently removed. The functionality in the console is Disable.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_deregister_from_work_mail/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_deregister_from_work_mail(OrganizationId, EntityId)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The identifier for the organization under which the WorkMail entity exists.

EntityId

[required] The identifier for the member to be updated.

The identifier can be UserId, ResourceId, or Group Id, Username, Resourcename, or Groupname, or email.

  • Entity ID: 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012, r-0123456789a0123456789b0123456789, or S-1-1-12-1234567890-123456789-123456789-1234

  • Email address: entity@domain.tld

  • Entity name: entity


Removes a domain from WorkMail, stops email routing to WorkMail, and removes the authorization allowing WorkMail use

Description

Removes a domain from WorkMail, stops email routing to WorkMail, and removes the authorization allowing WorkMail use. SES keeps the domain because other applications may use it. You must first remove any email address used by WorkMail entities before you remove the domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_deregister_mail_domain/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_deregister_mail_domain(OrganizationId, DomainName)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The WorkMail organization for which the domain will be deregistered.

DomainName

[required] The domain to deregister in WorkMail and SES.


Describes the current email monitoring configuration for a specified organization

Description

Describes the current email monitoring configuration for a specified organization.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_describe_email_monitoring_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_describe_email_monitoring_configuration(OrganizationId)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The ID of the organization for which the email monitoring configuration is described.


Returns basic details about an entity in WorkMail

Description

Returns basic details about an entity in WorkMail.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_describe_entity/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_describe_entity(OrganizationId, Email)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The identifier for the organization under which the entity exists.

Email

[required] The email under which the entity exists.


Returns the data available for the group

Description

Returns the data available for the group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_describe_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_describe_group(OrganizationId, GroupId)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The identifier for the organization under which the group exists.

GroupId

[required] The identifier for the group to be described.

The identifier can accept GroupId, Groupname, or email. The following identity formats are available:

  • Group ID: 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 or S-1-1-12-1234567890-123456789-123456789-1234

  • Email address: group@domain.tld

  • Group name: group


Returns detailed information on the current IdC setup for the WorkMail organization

Description

Returns detailed information on the current IdC setup for the WorkMail organization.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_describe_identity_provider_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_describe_identity_provider_configuration(OrganizationId)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The Organization ID.


Lists the settings in a DMARC policy for a specified organization

Description

Lists the settings in a DMARC policy for a specified organization.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_describe_inbound_dmarc_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_describe_inbound_dmarc_settings(OrganizationId)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] Lists the ID of the given organization.


Describes the current status of a mailbox export job

Description

Describes the current status of a mailbox export job.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_describe_mailbox_export_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_describe_mailbox_export_job(JobId, OrganizationId)

Arguments

JobId

[required] The mailbox export job ID.

OrganizationId

[required] The organization ID.


Provides more information regarding a given organization based on its identifier

Description

Provides more information regarding a given organization based on its identifier.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_describe_organization/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_describe_organization(OrganizationId)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The identifier for the organization to be described.


Returns the data available for the resource

Description

Returns the data available for the resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_describe_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_describe_resource(OrganizationId, ResourceId)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The identifier associated with the organization for which the resource is described.

ResourceId

[required] The identifier of the resource to be described.

The identifier can accept ResourceId, Resourcename, or email. The following identity formats are available:

  • Resource ID: r-0123456789a0123456789b0123456789

  • Email address: resource@domain.tld

  • Resource name: resource


Provides information regarding the user

Description

Provides information regarding the user.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_describe_user/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_describe_user(OrganizationId, UserId)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The identifier for the organization under which the user exists.

UserId

[required] The identifier for the user to be described.

The identifier can be the UserId, Username, or email. The following identity formats are available:

  • User ID: 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 or S-1-1-12-1234567890-123456789-123456789-1234

  • Email address: user@domain.tld

  • User name: user


Removes a member from the resource's set of delegates

Description

Removes a member from the resource's set of delegates.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_disassociate_delegate_from_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_disassociate_delegate_from_resource(
  OrganizationId,
  ResourceId,
  EntityId
)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The identifier for the organization under which the resource exists.

ResourceId

[required] The identifier of the resource from which delegates' set members are removed.

The identifier can accept ResourceId, Resourcename, or email. The following identity formats are available:

  • Resource ID: r-0123456789a0123456789b0123456789

  • Email address: resource@domain.tld

  • Resource name: resource

EntityId

[required] The identifier for the member (user, group) to be removed from the resource's delegates.

The entity ID can accept UserId or GroupID, Username or Groupname, or email.

  • Entity: 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 or S-1-1-12-1234567890-123456789-123456789-1234

  • Email address: entity@domain.tld

  • Entity: entity


Removes a member from a group

Description

Removes a member from a group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_disassociate_member_from_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_disassociate_member_from_group(OrganizationId, GroupId, MemberId)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The identifier for the organization under which the group exists.

GroupId

[required] The identifier for the group from which members are removed.

The identifier can accept GroupId, Groupname, or email. The following identity formats are available:

  • Group ID: 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 or S-1-1-12-1234567890-123456789-123456789-1234

  • Email address: group@domain.tld

  • Group name: group

MemberId

[required] The identifier for the member to be removed from the group.

The member ID can accept UserID or GroupId, Username or Groupname, or email.

  • Member ID: 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 or S-1-1-12-1234567890-123456789-123456789-1234

  • Email address: member@domain.tld

  • Member name: member


Gets the effects of an organization's access control rules as they apply to a specified IPv4 address, access protocol action, and user ID or impersonation role ID

Description

Gets the effects of an organization's access control rules as they apply to a specified IPv4 address, access protocol action, and user ID or impersonation role ID. You must provide either the user ID or impersonation role ID. Impersonation role ID can only be used with Action EWS.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_get_access_control_effect/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_get_access_control_effect(
  OrganizationId,
  IpAddress,
  Action,
  UserId = NULL,
  ImpersonationRoleId = NULL
)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The identifier for the organization.

IpAddress

[required] The IPv4 address.

Action

[required] The access protocol action. Valid values include ActiveSync, AutoDiscover, EWS, IMAP, SMTP, WindowsOutlook, and WebMail.

UserId

The user ID.

ImpersonationRoleId

The impersonation role ID.


Gets the default retention policy details for the specified organization

Description

Gets the default retention policy details for the specified organization.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_get_default_retention_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_get_default_retention_policy(OrganizationId)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The organization ID.


Gets the impersonation role details for the given WorkMail organization

Description

Gets the impersonation role details for the given WorkMail organization.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_get_impersonation_role/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_get_impersonation_role(OrganizationId, ImpersonationRoleId)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The WorkMail organization from which to retrieve the impersonation role.

ImpersonationRoleId

[required] The impersonation role ID to retrieve.


Tests whether the given impersonation role can impersonate a target user

Description

Tests whether the given impersonation role can impersonate a target user.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_get_impersonation_role_effect/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_get_impersonation_role_effect(
  OrganizationId,
  ImpersonationRoleId,
  TargetUser
)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The WorkMail organization where the impersonation role is defined.

ImpersonationRoleId

[required] The impersonation role ID to test.

TargetUser

[required] The WorkMail organization user chosen to test the impersonation role. The following identity formats are available:

  • User ID: 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 or S-1-1-12-1234567890-123456789-123456789-1234

  • Email address: user@domain.tld

  • User name: user


Gets details for a mail domain, including domain records required to configure your domain with recommended security

Description

Gets details for a mail domain, including domain records required to configure your domain with recommended security.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_get_mail_domain/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_get_mail_domain(OrganizationId, DomainName)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The WorkMail organization for which the domain is retrieved.

DomainName

[required] The domain from which you want to retrieve details.


Requests a user's mailbox details for a specified organization and user

Description

Requests a user's mailbox details for a specified organization and user.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_get_mailbox_details/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_get_mailbox_details(OrganizationId, UserId)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The identifier for the organization that contains the user whose mailbox details are being requested.

UserId

[required] The identifier for the user whose mailbox details are being requested.

The identifier can be the UserId, Username, or email. The following identity formats are available:

  • User ID: 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 or S-1-1-12-1234567890-123456789-123456789-1234

  • Email address: user@domain.tld

  • User name: user


Simulates the effect of the mobile device access rules for the given attributes of a sample access event

Description

Simulates the effect of the mobile device access rules for the given attributes of a sample access event. Use this method to test the effects of the current set of mobile device access rules for the WorkMail organization for a particular user's attributes.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_get_mobile_device_access_effect/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_get_mobile_device_access_effect(
  OrganizationId,
  DeviceType = NULL,
  DeviceModel = NULL,
  DeviceOperatingSystem = NULL,
  DeviceUserAgent = NULL
)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The WorkMail organization to simulate the access effect for.

DeviceType

Device type the simulated user will report.

DeviceModel

Device model the simulated user will report.

DeviceOperatingSystem

Device operating system the simulated user will report.

DeviceUserAgent

Device user agent the simulated user will report.


Gets the mobile device access override for the given WorkMail organization, user, and device

Description

Gets the mobile device access override for the given WorkMail organization, user, and device.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_get_mobile_device_access_override/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_get_mobile_device_access_override(OrganizationId, UserId, DeviceId)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The WorkMail organization to which you want to apply the override.

UserId

[required] Identifies the WorkMail user for the override. Accepts the following types of user identities:

  • User ID: 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 or S-1-1-12-1234567890-123456789-123456789-1234

  • Email address: user@domain.tld

  • User name: user

DeviceId

[required] The mobile device to which the override applies. DeviceId is case insensitive.


Requests details of a specific Personal Access Token within the WorkMail organization

Description

Requests details of a specific Personal Access Token within the WorkMail organization.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_get_personal_access_token_metadata/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_get_personal_access_token_metadata(
  OrganizationId,
  PersonalAccessTokenId
)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The Organization ID.

PersonalAccessTokenId

[required] The Personal Access Token ID.


Lists the access control rules for the specified organization

Description

Lists the access control rules for the specified organization.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_list_access_control_rules/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_list_access_control_rules(OrganizationId)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The identifier for the organization.


Creates a paginated call to list the aliases associated with a given entity

Description

Creates a paginated call to list the aliases associated with a given entity.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_list_aliases/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_list_aliases(
  OrganizationId,
  EntityId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The identifier for the organization under which the entity exists.

EntityId

[required] The identifier for the entity for which to list the aliases.

NextToken

The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. The first call does not contain any tokens.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in a single call.


List all the AvailabilityConfiguration's for the given WorkMail organization

Description

List all the AvailabilityConfiguration's for the given WorkMail organization.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_list_availability_configurations/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_list_availability_configurations(
  OrganizationId,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The WorkMail organization for which the AvailabilityConfiguration's will be listed.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in a single call.

NextToken

The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. The first call does not require a token.


Returns an overview of the members of a group

Description

Returns an overview of the members of a group. Users and groups can be members of a group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_list_group_members/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_list_group_members(
  OrganizationId,
  GroupId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The identifier for the organization under which the group exists.

GroupId

[required] The identifier for the group to which the members (users or groups) are associated.

The identifier can accept GroupId, Groupname, or email. The following identity formats are available:

  • Group ID: 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 or S-1-1-12-1234567890-123456789-123456789-1234

  • Email address: group@domain.tld

  • Group name: group

NextToken

The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. The first call does not contain any tokens.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in a single call.


Returns summaries of the organization's groups

Description

Returns summaries of the organization's groups.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_list_groups/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_list_groups(
  OrganizationId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  Filters = NULL
)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The identifier for the organization under which the groups exist.

NextToken

The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. The first call does not contain any tokens.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in a single call.

Filters

Limit the search results based on the filter criteria. Only one filter per request is supported.


Returns all the groups to which an entity belongs

Description

Returns all the groups to which an entity belongs.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_list_groups_for_entity/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_list_groups_for_entity(
  OrganizationId,
  EntityId,
  Filters = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The identifier for the organization under which the entity exists.

EntityId

[required] The identifier for the entity.

The entity ID can accept UserId or GroupID, Username or Groupname, or email.

  • Entity ID: 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 or S-1-1-12-1234567890-123456789-123456789-1234

  • Email address: entity@domain.tld

  • Entity name: entity

Filters

Limit the search results based on the filter criteria.

NextToken

The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. The first call does not contain any tokens.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in a single call.


Lists all the impersonation roles for the given WorkMail organization

Description

Lists all the impersonation roles for the given WorkMail organization.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_list_impersonation_roles/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_list_impersonation_roles(
  OrganizationId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The WorkMail organization to which the listed impersonation roles belong.

NextToken

The token used to retrieve the next page of results. The first call doesn't require a token.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results returned in a single call.


Lists the mail domains in a given WorkMail organization

Description

Lists the mail domains in a given WorkMail organization.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_list_mail_domains/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_list_mail_domains(OrganizationId, MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The WorkMail organization for which to list domains.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in a single call.

NextToken

The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. The first call does not require a token.


Lists the mailbox export jobs started for the specified organization within the last seven days

Description

Lists the mailbox export jobs started for the specified organization within the last seven days.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_list_mailbox_export_jobs/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_list_mailbox_export_jobs(
  OrganizationId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The organization ID.

NextToken

The token to use to retrieve the next page of results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in a single call.


Lists the mailbox permissions associated with a user, group, or resource mailbox

Description

Lists the mailbox permissions associated with a user, group, or resource mailbox.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_list_mailbox_permissions/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_list_mailbox_permissions(
  OrganizationId,
  EntityId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The identifier of the organization under which the user, group, or resource exists.

EntityId

[required] The identifier of the user, or resource for which to list mailbox permissions.

The entity ID can accept UserId or ResourceId, Username or Resourcename, or email.

  • Entity ID: 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012, or r-0123456789a0123456789b0123456789

  • Email address: entity@domain.tld

  • Entity name: entity

NextToken

The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. The first call does not contain any tokens.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in a single call.


Lists all the mobile device access overrides for any given combination of WorkMail organization, user, or device

Description

Lists all the mobile device access overrides for any given combination of WorkMail organization, user, or device.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_list_mobile_device_access_overrides/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_list_mobile_device_access_overrides(
  OrganizationId,
  UserId = NULL,
  DeviceId = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The WorkMail organization under which to list mobile device access overrides.

UserId

The WorkMail user under which you list the mobile device access overrides. Accepts the following types of user identities:

  • User ID: 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 or S-1-1-12-1234567890-123456789-123456789-1234

  • Email address: user@domain.tld

  • User name: user

DeviceId

The mobile device to which the access override applies.

NextToken

The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. The first call does not require a token.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in a single call.


Lists the mobile device access rules for the specified WorkMail organization

Description

Lists the mobile device access rules for the specified WorkMail organization.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_list_mobile_device_access_rules/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_list_mobile_device_access_rules(OrganizationId)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The WorkMail organization for which to list the rules.


Returns summaries of the customer's organizations

Description

Returns summaries of the customer's organizations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_list_organizations/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_list_organizations(NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. The first call does not contain any tokens.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in a single call.


Returns a summary of your Personal Access Tokens

Description

Returns a summary of your Personal Access Tokens.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_list_personal_access_tokens/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_list_personal_access_tokens(
  OrganizationId,
  UserId = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The Organization ID.

UserId

The WorkMail User ID.

NextToken

The token from the previous response to query the next page.

MaxResults

The maximum amount of items that should be returned in a response.


Lists the delegates associated with a resource

Description

Lists the delegates associated with a resource. Users and groups can be resource delegates and answer requests on behalf of the resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_list_resource_delegates/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_list_resource_delegates(
  OrganizationId,
  ResourceId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The identifier for the organization that contains the resource for which delegates are listed.

ResourceId

[required] The identifier for the resource whose delegates are listed.

The identifier can accept ResourceId, Resourcename, or email. The following identity formats are available:

  • Resource ID: r-0123456789a0123456789b0123456789

  • Email address: resource@domain.tld

  • Resource name: resource

NextToken

The token used to paginate through the delegates associated with a resource.

MaxResults

The number of maximum results in a page.


Returns summaries of the organization's resources

Description

Returns summaries of the organization's resources.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_list_resources/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_list_resources(
  OrganizationId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  Filters = NULL
)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The identifier for the organization under which the resources exist.

NextToken

The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. The first call does not contain any tokens.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in a single call.

Filters

Limit the resource search results based on the filter criteria. You can only use one filter per request.


Lists the tags applied to an WorkMail organization resource

Description

Lists the tags applied to an WorkMail organization resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_list_tags_for_resource(ResourceARN)

Arguments

ResourceARN

[required] The resource ARN.


Returns summaries of the organization's users

Description

Returns summaries of the organization's users.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_list_users/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_list_users(
  OrganizationId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  Filters = NULL
)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The identifier for the organization under which the users exist.

NextToken

The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. The first call does not contain any tokens.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in a single call.

Filters

Limit the user search results based on the filter criteria. You can only use one filter per request.


Adds a new access control rule for the specified organization

Description

Adds a new access control rule for the specified organization. The rule allows or denies access to the organization for the specified IPv4 addresses, access protocol actions, user IDs and impersonation IDs. Adding a new rule with the same name as an existing rule replaces the older rule.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_put_access_control_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_put_access_control_rule(
  Name,
  Effect,
  Description,
  IpRanges = NULL,
  NotIpRanges = NULL,
  Actions = NULL,
  NotActions = NULL,
  UserIds = NULL,
  NotUserIds = NULL,
  OrganizationId,
  ImpersonationRoleIds = NULL,
  NotImpersonationRoleIds = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The rule name.

Effect

[required] The rule effect.

Description

[required] The rule description.

IpRanges

IPv4 CIDR ranges to include in the rule.

NotIpRanges

IPv4 CIDR ranges to exclude from the rule.

Actions

Access protocol actions to include in the rule. Valid values include ActiveSync, AutoDiscover, EWS, IMAP, SMTP, WindowsOutlook, and WebMail.

NotActions

Access protocol actions to exclude from the rule. Valid values include ActiveSync, AutoDiscover, EWS, IMAP, SMTP, WindowsOutlook, and WebMail.

UserIds

User IDs to include in the rule.

NotUserIds

User IDs to exclude from the rule.

OrganizationId

[required] The identifier of the organization.

ImpersonationRoleIds

Impersonation role IDs to include in the rule.

NotImpersonationRoleIds

Impersonation role IDs to exclude from the rule.


Creates or updates the email monitoring configuration for a specified organization

Description

Creates or updates the email monitoring configuration for a specified organization.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_put_email_monitoring_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_put_email_monitoring_configuration(
  OrganizationId,
  RoleArn,
  LogGroupArn
)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The ID of the organization for which the email monitoring configuration is set.

RoleArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM Role associated with the email monitoring configuration.

LogGroupArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CloudWatch Log group associated with the email monitoring configuration.


Enables integration between IAM Identity Center (IdC) and WorkMail to proxy authentication requests for mailbox users

Description

Enables integration between IAM Identity Center (IdC) and WorkMail to proxy authentication requests for mailbox users. You can connect your IdC directory or your external directory to WorkMail through IdC and manage access to WorkMail mailboxes in a single place. For enhanced protection, you could enable Multifactor Authentication (MFA) and Personal Access Tokens.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_put_identity_provider_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_put_identity_provider_configuration(
  OrganizationId,
  AuthenticationMode,
  IdentityCenterConfiguration,
  PersonalAccessTokenConfiguration
)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The ID of the WorkMail Organization.

AuthenticationMode

[required] The authentication mode used in WorkMail.

IdentityCenterConfiguration

[required] The details of the IAM Identity Center configuration.

PersonalAccessTokenConfiguration

[required] The details of the Personal Access Token configuration.


Enables or disables a DMARC policy for a given organization

Description

Enables or disables a DMARC policy for a given organization.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_put_inbound_dmarc_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_put_inbound_dmarc_settings(OrganizationId, Enforced)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The ID of the organization that you are applying the DMARC policy to.

Enforced

[required] Enforces or suspends a policy after it's applied.


Sets permissions for a user, group, or resource

Description

Sets permissions for a user, group, or resource. This replaces any pre-existing permissions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_put_mailbox_permissions/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_put_mailbox_permissions(
  OrganizationId,
  EntityId,
  GranteeId,
  PermissionValues
)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The identifier of the organization under which the user, group, or resource exists.

EntityId

[required] The identifier of the user or resource for which to update mailbox permissions.

The identifier can be UserId, ResourceID, or Group Id, Username, Resourcename, or Groupname, or email.

  • Entity ID: 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012, r-0123456789a0123456789b0123456789, or S-1-1-12-1234567890-123456789-123456789-1234

  • Email address: entity@domain.tld

  • Entity name: entity

GranteeId

[required] The identifier of the user, group, or resource to which to grant the permissions.

The identifier can be UserId, ResourceID, or Group Id, Username, Resourcename, or Groupname, or email.

  • Grantee ID: 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012, r-0123456789a0123456789b0123456789, or S-1-1-12-1234567890-123456789-123456789-1234

  • Email address: grantee@domain.tld

  • Grantee name: grantee

PermissionValues

[required] The permissions granted to the grantee. SEND_AS allows the grantee to send email as the owner of the mailbox (the grantee is not mentioned on these emails). SEND_ON_BEHALF allows the grantee to send email on behalf of the owner of the mailbox (the grantee is not mentioned as the physical sender of these emails). FULL_ACCESS allows the grantee full access to the mailbox, irrespective of other folder-level permissions set on the mailbox.


Creates or updates a mobile device access override for the given WorkMail organization, user, and device

Description

Creates or updates a mobile device access override for the given WorkMail organization, user, and device.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_put_mobile_device_access_override/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_put_mobile_device_access_override(
  OrganizationId,
  UserId,
  DeviceId,
  Effect,
  Description = NULL
)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] Identifies the WorkMail organization for which you create the override.

UserId

[required] The WorkMail user for which you create the override. Accepts the following types of user identities:

  • User ID: 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 or S-1-1-12-1234567890-123456789-123456789-1234

  • Email address: user@domain.tld

  • User name: user

DeviceId

[required] The mobile device for which you create the override. DeviceId is case insensitive.

Effect

[required] The effect of the override, ALLOW or DENY.

Description

A description of the override.


Puts a retention policy to the specified organization

Description

Puts a retention policy to the specified organization.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_put_retention_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_put_retention_policy(
  OrganizationId,
  Id = NULL,
  Name,
  Description = NULL,
  FolderConfigurations
)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The organization ID.

Id

The retention policy ID.

Name

[required] The retention policy name.

Description

The retention policy description.

FolderConfigurations

[required] The retention policy folder configurations.


Registers a new domain in WorkMail and SES, and configures it for use by WorkMail

Description

Registers a new domain in WorkMail and SES, and configures it for use by WorkMail. Emails received by SES for this domain are routed to the specified WorkMail organization, and WorkMail has permanent permission to use the specified domain for sending your users' emails.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_register_mail_domain/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_register_mail_domain(ClientToken = NULL, OrganizationId, DomainName)

Arguments

ClientToken

Idempotency token used when retrying requests.

OrganizationId

[required] The WorkMail organization under which you're creating the domain.

DomainName

[required] The name of the mail domain to create in WorkMail and SES.


Registers an existing and disabled user, group, or resource for WorkMail use by associating a mailbox and calendaring capabilities

Description

Registers an existing and disabled user, group, or resource for WorkMail use by associating a mailbox and calendaring capabilities. It performs no change if the user, group, or resource is enabled and fails if the user, group, or resource is deleted. This operation results in the accumulation of costs. For more information, see Pricing. The equivalent console functionality for this operation is Enable.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_register_to_work_mail/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_register_to_work_mail(OrganizationId, EntityId, Email)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The identifier for the organization under which the user, group, or resource exists.

EntityId

[required] The identifier for the user, group, or resource to be updated.

The identifier can accept UserId, ResourceId, or GroupId, or Username, Resourcename, or Groupname. The following identity formats are available:

  • Entity ID: 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012, r-0123456789a0123456789b0123456789, or S-1-1-12-1234567890-123456789-123456789-1234

  • Entity name: entity

Email

[required] The email for the user, group, or resource to be updated.


Allows the administrator to reset the password for a user

Description

Allows the administrator to reset the password for a user.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_reset_password/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_reset_password(OrganizationId, UserId, Password)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The identifier of the organization that contains the user for which the password is reset.

UserId

[required] The identifier of the user for whom the password is reset.

Password

[required] The new password for the user.


Starts a mailbox export job to export MIME-format email messages and calendar items from the specified mailbox to the specified Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) bucket

Description

Starts a mailbox export job to export MIME-format email messages and calendar items from the specified mailbox to the specified Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) bucket. For more information, see Exporting mailbox content in the WorkMail Administrator Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_start_mailbox_export_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_start_mailbox_export_job(
  ClientToken,
  OrganizationId,
  EntityId,
  Description = NULL,
  RoleArn,
  KmsKeyArn,
  S3BucketName,
  S3Prefix
)

Arguments

ClientToken

[required] The idempotency token for the client request.

OrganizationId

[required] The identifier associated with the organization.

EntityId

[required] The identifier of the user or resource associated with the mailbox.

The identifier can accept UserId or ResourceId, Username or Resourcename, or email. The following identity formats are available:

  • Entity ID: 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012, r-0123456789a0123456789b0123456789 , or S-1-1-12-1234567890-123456789-123456789-1234

  • Email address: entity@domain.tld

  • Entity name: entity

Description

The mailbox export job description.

RoleArn

[required] The ARN of the AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that grants write permission to the S3 bucket.

KmsKeyArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the symmetric AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) key that encrypts the exported mailbox content.

S3BucketName

[required] The name of the S3 bucket.

S3Prefix

[required] The S3 bucket prefix.


Applies the specified tags to the specified WorkMailorganization resource

Description

Applies the specified tags to the specified WorkMailorganization resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_tag_resource(ResourceARN, Tags)

Arguments

ResourceARN

[required] The resource ARN.

Tags

[required] The tag key-value pairs.


Performs a test on an availability provider to ensure that access is allowed

Description

Performs a test on an availability provider to ensure that access is allowed. For EWS, it verifies the provided credentials can be used to successfully log in. For Lambda, it verifies that the Lambda function can be invoked and that the resource access policy was configured to deny anonymous access. An anonymous invocation is one done without providing either a SourceArn or SourceAccount header.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_test_availability_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_test_availability_configuration(
  OrganizationId,
  DomainName = NULL,
  EwsProvider = NULL,
  LambdaProvider = NULL
)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The WorkMail organization where the availability provider will be tested.

DomainName

The domain to which the provider applies. If this field is provided, a stored availability provider associated to this domain name will be tested.

EwsProvider
LambdaProvider

Untags the specified tags from the specified WorkMail organization resource

Description

Untags the specified tags from the specified WorkMail organization resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_untag_resource(ResourceARN, TagKeys)

Arguments

ResourceARN

[required] The resource ARN.

TagKeys

[required] The tag keys.


Updates an existing AvailabilityConfiguration for the given WorkMail organization and domain

Description

Updates an existing AvailabilityConfiguration for the given WorkMail organization and domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_update_availability_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_update_availability_configuration(
  OrganizationId,
  DomainName,
  EwsProvider = NULL,
  LambdaProvider = NULL
)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The WorkMail organization for which the AvailabilityConfiguration will be updated.

DomainName

[required] The domain to which the provider applies the availability configuration.

EwsProvider

The EWS availability provider definition. The request must contain exactly one provider definition, either EwsProvider or LambdaProvider. The previously stored provider will be overridden by the one provided.

LambdaProvider

The Lambda availability provider definition. The request must contain exactly one provider definition, either EwsProvider or LambdaProvider. The previously stored provider will be overridden by the one provided.


Updates the default mail domain for an organization

Description

Updates the default mail domain for an organization. The default mail domain is used by the WorkMail AWS Console to suggest an email address when enabling a mail user. You can only have one default domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_update_default_mail_domain/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_update_default_mail_domain(OrganizationId, DomainName)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The WorkMail organization for which to list domains.

DomainName

[required] The domain name that will become the default domain.


Updates attributes in a group

Description

Updates attributes in a group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_update_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_update_group(
  OrganizationId,
  GroupId,
  HiddenFromGlobalAddressList = NULL
)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The identifier for the organization under which the group exists.

GroupId

[required] The identifier for the group to be updated.

The identifier can accept GroupId, Groupname, or email. The following identity formats are available:

  • Group ID: 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 or S-1-1-12-1234567890-123456789-123456789-1234

  • Email address: group@domain.tld

  • Group name: group

HiddenFromGlobalAddressList

If enabled, the group is hidden from the global address list.


Updates an impersonation role for the given WorkMail organization

Description

Updates an impersonation role for the given WorkMail organization.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_update_impersonation_role/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_update_impersonation_role(
  OrganizationId,
  ImpersonationRoleId,
  Name,
  Type,
  Description = NULL,
  Rules
)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The WorkMail organization that contains the impersonation role to update.

ImpersonationRoleId

[required] The ID of the impersonation role to update.

Name

[required] The updated impersonation role name.

Type

[required] The updated impersonation role type.

Description

The updated impersonation role description.

Rules

[required] The updated list of rules.


Updates a user's current mailbox quota for a specified organization and user

Description

Updates a user's current mailbox quota for a specified organization and user.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_update_mailbox_quota/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_update_mailbox_quota(OrganizationId, UserId, MailboxQuota)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The identifier for the organization that contains the user for whom to update the mailbox quota.

UserId

[required] The identifer for the user for whom to update the mailbox quota.

The identifier can be the UserId, Username, or email. The following identity formats are available:

  • User ID: 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 or S-1-1-12-1234567890-123456789-123456789-1234

  • Email address: user@domain.tld

  • User name: user

MailboxQuota

[required] The updated mailbox quota, in MB, for the specified user.


Updates a mobile device access rule for the specified WorkMail organization

Description

Updates a mobile device access rule for the specified WorkMail organization.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_update_mobile_device_access_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_update_mobile_device_access_rule(
  OrganizationId,
  MobileDeviceAccessRuleId,
  Name,
  Description = NULL,
  Effect,
  DeviceTypes = NULL,
  NotDeviceTypes = NULL,
  DeviceModels = NULL,
  NotDeviceModels = NULL,
  DeviceOperatingSystems = NULL,
  NotDeviceOperatingSystems = NULL,
  DeviceUserAgents = NULL,
  NotDeviceUserAgents = NULL
)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The WorkMail organization under which the rule will be updated.

MobileDeviceAccessRuleId

[required] The identifier of the rule to be updated.

Name

[required] The updated rule name.

Description

The updated rule description.

Effect

[required] The effect of the rule when it matches. Allowed values are ALLOW or DENY.

DeviceTypes

Device types that the updated rule will match.

NotDeviceTypes

Device types that the updated rule will not match. All other device types will match.

DeviceModels

Device models that the updated rule will match.

NotDeviceModels

Device models that the updated rule will not match. All other device models will match.

DeviceOperatingSystems

Device operating systems that the updated rule will match.

NotDeviceOperatingSystems

Device operating systems that the updated rule will not match. All other device operating systems will match.

DeviceUserAgents

User agents that the updated rule will match.

NotDeviceUserAgents

User agents that the updated rule will not match. All other user agents will match.


Updates the primary email for a user, group, or resource

Description

Updates the primary email for a user, group, or resource. The current email is moved into the list of aliases (or swapped between an existing alias and the current primary email), and the email provided in the input is promoted as the primary.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_update_primary_email_address/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_update_primary_email_address(OrganizationId, EntityId, Email)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The organization that contains the user, group, or resource to update.

EntityId

[required] The user, group, or resource to update.

The identifier can accept UseriD, ResourceId, or GroupId, Username, Resourcename, or Groupname, or email. The following identity formats are available:

  • Entity ID: 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012, r-0123456789a0123456789b0123456789, or S-1-1-12-1234567890-123456789-123456789-1234

  • Email address: entity@domain.tld

  • Entity name: entity

Email

[required] The value of the email to be updated as primary.


Updates data for the resource

Description

Updates data for the resource. To have the latest information, it must be preceded by a describe_resource call. The dataset in the request should be the one expected when performing another describe_resource call.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_update_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_update_resource(
  OrganizationId,
  ResourceId,
  Name = NULL,
  BookingOptions = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  Type = NULL,
  HiddenFromGlobalAddressList = NULL
)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The identifier associated with the organization for which the resource is updated.

ResourceId

[required] The identifier of the resource to be updated.

The identifier can accept ResourceId, Resourcename, or email. The following identity formats are available:

  • Resource ID: r-0123456789a0123456789b0123456789

  • Email address: resource@domain.tld

  • Resource name: resource

Name

The name of the resource to be updated.

BookingOptions

The resource's booking options to be updated.

Description

Updates the resource description.

Type

Updates the resource type.

HiddenFromGlobalAddressList

If enabled, the resource is hidden from the global address list.


Updates data for the user

Description

Updates data for the user. To have the latest information, it must be preceded by a describe_user call. The dataset in the request should be the one expected when performing another describe_user call.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmail_update_user/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmail_update_user(
  OrganizationId,
  UserId,
  Role = NULL,
  DisplayName = NULL,
  FirstName = NULL,
  LastName = NULL,
  HiddenFromGlobalAddressList = NULL,
  Initials = NULL,
  Telephone = NULL,
  Street = NULL,
  JobTitle = NULL,
  City = NULL,
  Company = NULL,
  ZipCode = NULL,
  Department = NULL,
  Country = NULL,
  Office = NULL,
  IdentityProviderUserId = NULL
)

Arguments

OrganizationId

[required] The identifier for the organization under which the user exists.

UserId

[required] The identifier for the user to be updated.

The identifier can be the UserId, Username, or email. The following identity formats are available:

  • User ID: 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 or S-1-1-12-1234567890-123456789-123456789-1234

  • Email address: user@domain.tld

  • User name: user

Role

Updates the user role.

You cannot pass SYSTEM_USER or RESOURCE.

DisplayName

Updates the display name of the user.

FirstName

Updates the user's first name.

LastName

Updates the user's last name.

HiddenFromGlobalAddressList

If enabled, the user is hidden from the global address list.

Initials

Updates the user's initials.

Telephone

Updates the user's contact details.

Street

Updates the user's street address.

JobTitle

Updates the user's job title.

City

Updates the user's city.

Company

Updates the user's company.

ZipCode

Updates the user's zip code.

Department

Updates the user's department.

Country

Updates the user's country.

Office

Updates the user's office.

IdentityProviderUserId

User ID from the IAM Identity Center. If this parameter is empty it will be updated automatically when the user logs in for the first time to the mailbox associated with WorkMail.


Amazon WorkMail Message Flow

Description

The WorkMail Message Flow API provides access to email messages as they are being sent and received by a WorkMail organization.

Usage

workmailmessageflow(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- workmailmessageflow(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

get_raw_message_content Retrieves the raw content of an in-transit email message, in MIME format
put_raw_message_content Updates the raw content of an in-transit email message, in MIME format

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- workmailmessageflow()
svc$get_raw_message_content(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Retrieves the raw content of an in-transit email message, in MIME format

Description

Retrieves the raw content of an in-transit email message, in MIME format.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmailmessageflow_get_raw_message_content/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmailmessageflow_get_raw_message_content(messageId)

Arguments

messageId

[required] The identifier of the email message to retrieve.


Updates the raw content of an in-transit email message, in MIME format

Description

Updates the raw content of an in-transit email message, in MIME format.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workmailmessageflow_put_raw_message_content/ for full documentation.

Usage

workmailmessageflow_put_raw_message_content(messageId, content)

Arguments

messageId

[required] The identifier of the email message being updated.

content

[required] Describes the raw message content of the updated email message.


Amazon WorkSpaces

Description

Amazon WorkSpaces Service

Amazon WorkSpaces enables you to provision virtual, cloud-based Microsoft Windows or Amazon Linux desktops for your users, known as WorkSpaces. WorkSpaces eliminates the need to procure and deploy hardware or install complex software. You can quickly add or remove users as your needs change. Users can access their virtual desktops from multiple devices or web browsers.

This API Reference provides detailed information about the actions, data types, parameters, and errors of the WorkSpaces service. For more information about the supported Amazon Web Services Regions, endpoints, and service quotas of the Amazon WorkSpaces service, see WorkSpaces endpoints and quotas in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

You can also manage your WorkSpaces resources using the WorkSpaces console, Command Line Interface (CLI), and SDKs. For more information about administering WorkSpaces, see the Amazon WorkSpaces Administration Guide. For more information about using the Amazon WorkSpaces client application or web browser to access provisioned WorkSpaces, see the Amazon WorkSpaces User Guide. For more information about using the CLI to manage your WorkSpaces resources, see the WorkSpaces section of the CLI Reference.

Usage

workspaces(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- workspaces(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

accept_account_link_invitation Accepts the account link invitation
associate_connection_alias Associates the specified connection alias with the specified directory to enable cross-Region redirection
associate_ip_groups Associates the specified IP access control group with the specified directory
associate_workspace_application Associates the specified application to the specified WorkSpace
authorize_ip_rules Adds one or more rules to the specified IP access control group
copy_workspace_image Copies the specified image from the specified Region to the current Region
create_account_link_invitation Creates the account link invitation
create_connect_client_add_in Creates a client-add-in for Amazon Connect within a directory
create_connection_alias Creates the specified connection alias for use with cross-Region redirection
create_ip_group Creates an IP access control group
create_standby_workspaces Creates a standby WorkSpace in a secondary Region
create_tags Creates the specified tags for the specified WorkSpaces resource
create_updated_workspace_image Creates a new updated WorkSpace image based on the specified source image
create_workspace_bundle Creates the specified WorkSpace bundle
create_workspace_image Creates a new WorkSpace image from an existing WorkSpace
create_workspaces Creates one or more WorkSpaces
create_workspaces_pool Creates a pool of WorkSpaces
delete_account_link_invitation Deletes the account link invitation
delete_client_branding Deletes customized client branding
delete_connect_client_add_in Deletes a client-add-in for Amazon Connect that is configured within a directory
delete_connection_alias Deletes the specified connection alias
delete_ip_group Deletes the specified IP access control group
delete_tags Deletes the specified tags from the specified WorkSpaces resource
delete_workspace_bundle Deletes the specified WorkSpace bundle
delete_workspace_image Deletes the specified image from your account
deploy_workspace_applications Deploys associated applications to the specified WorkSpace
deregister_workspace_directory Deregisters the specified directory
describe_account Retrieves a list that describes the configuration of Bring Your Own License (BYOL) for the specified account
describe_account_modifications Retrieves a list that describes modifications to the configuration of Bring Your Own License (BYOL) for the specified account
describe_application_associations Describes the associations between the application and the specified associated resources
describe_applications Describes the specified applications by filtering based on their compute types, license availability, operating systems, and owners
describe_bundle_associations Describes the associations between the applications and the specified bundle
describe_client_branding Describes the specified client branding
describe_client_properties Retrieves a list that describes one or more specified Amazon WorkSpaces clients
describe_connect_client_add_ins Retrieves a list of Amazon Connect client add-ins that have been created
describe_connection_aliases Retrieves a list that describes the connection aliases used for cross-Region redirection
describe_connection_alias_permissions Describes the permissions that the owner of a connection alias has granted to another Amazon Web Services account for the specified connection alias
describe_image_associations Describes the associations between the applications and the specified image
describe_ip_groups Describes one or more of your IP access control groups
describe_tags Describes the specified tags for the specified WorkSpaces resource
describe_workspace_associations Describes the associations betweens applications and the specified WorkSpace
describe_workspace_bundles Retrieves a list that describes the available WorkSpace bundles
describe_workspace_directories Describes the available directories that are registered with Amazon WorkSpaces
describe_workspace_image_permissions Describes the permissions that the owner of an image has granted to other Amazon Web Services accounts for an image
describe_workspace_images Retrieves a list that describes one or more specified images, if the image identifiers are provided
describe_workspaces Describes the specified WorkSpaces
describe_workspaces_connection_status Describes the connection status of the specified WorkSpaces
describe_workspace_snapshots Describes the snapshots for the specified WorkSpace
describe_workspaces_pools Describes the specified WorkSpaces Pools
describe_workspaces_pool_sessions Retrieves a list that describes the streaming sessions for a specified pool
disassociate_connection_alias Disassociates a connection alias from a directory
disassociate_ip_groups Disassociates the specified IP access control group from the specified directory
disassociate_workspace_application Disassociates the specified application from a WorkSpace
get_account_link Retrieves account link information
import_client_branding Imports client branding
import_workspace_image Imports the specified Windows 10 or 11 Bring Your Own License (BYOL) image into Amazon WorkSpaces
list_account_links Lists all account links
list_available_management_cidr_ranges Retrieves a list of IP address ranges, specified as IPv4 CIDR blocks, that you can use for the network management interface when you enable Bring Your Own License (BYOL)
migrate_workspace Migrates a WorkSpace from one operating system or bundle type to another, while retaining the data on the user volume
modify_account Modifies the configuration of Bring Your Own License (BYOL) for the specified account
modify_certificate_based_auth_properties Modifies the properties of the certificate-based authentication you want to use with your WorkSpaces
modify_client_properties Modifies the properties of the specified Amazon WorkSpaces clients
modify_saml_properties Modifies multiple properties related to SAML 2
modify_selfservice_permissions Modifies the self-service WorkSpace management capabilities for your users
modify_streaming_properties Modifies the specified streaming properties
modify_workspace_access_properties Specifies which devices and operating systems users can use to access their WorkSpaces
modify_workspace_creation_properties Modify the default properties used to create WorkSpaces
modify_workspace_properties Modifies the specified WorkSpace properties
modify_workspace_state Sets the state of the specified WorkSpace
reboot_workspaces Reboots the specified WorkSpaces
rebuild_workspaces Rebuilds the specified WorkSpace
register_workspace_directory Registers the specified directory
reject_account_link_invitation Rejects the account link invitation
restore_workspace Restores the specified WorkSpace to its last known healthy state
revoke_ip_rules Removes one or more rules from the specified IP access control group
start_workspaces Starts the specified WorkSpaces
start_workspaces_pool Starts the specified pool
stop_workspaces Stops the specified WorkSpaces
stop_workspaces_pool Stops the specified pool
terminate_workspaces Terminates the specified WorkSpaces
terminate_workspaces_pool Terminates the specified pool
terminate_workspaces_pool_session Terminates the pool session
update_connect_client_add_in Updates a Amazon Connect client add-in
update_connection_alias_permission Shares or unshares a connection alias with one account by specifying whether that account has permission to associate the connection alias with a directory
update_rules_of_ip_group Replaces the current rules of the specified IP access control group with the specified rules
update_workspace_bundle Updates a WorkSpace bundle with a new image
update_workspace_image_permission Shares or unshares an image with one account in the same Amazon Web Services Region by specifying whether that account has permission to copy the image
update_workspaces_pool Updates the specified pool

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- workspaces()
svc$accept_account_link_invitation(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Description

Accepts the account link invitation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_accept_account_link_invitation/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_accept_account_link_invitation(LinkId, ClientToken = NULL)

Arguments

LinkId

[required] The identifier of the account link.

ClientToken

A string of up to 64 ASCII characters that Amazon WorkSpaces uses to ensure idempotent creation.


Associates the specified connection alias with the specified directory to enable cross-Region redirection

Description

Associates the specified connection alias with the specified directory to enable cross-Region redirection. For more information, see Cross-Region Redirection for Amazon WorkSpaces.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_associate_connection_alias/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_associate_connection_alias(AliasId, ResourceId)

Arguments

AliasId

[required] The identifier of the connection alias.

ResourceId

[required] The identifier of the directory to associate the connection alias with.


Associates the specified IP access control group with the specified directory

Description

Associates the specified IP access control group with the specified directory.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_associate_ip_groups/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_associate_ip_groups(DirectoryId, GroupIds)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] The identifier of the directory.

GroupIds

[required] The identifiers of one or more IP access control groups.


Associates the specified application to the specified WorkSpace

Description

Associates the specified application to the specified WorkSpace.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_associate_workspace_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_associate_workspace_application(WorkspaceId, ApplicationId)

Arguments

WorkspaceId

[required] The identifier of the WorkSpace.

ApplicationId

[required] The identifier of the application.


Adds one or more rules to the specified IP access control group

Description

Adds one or more rules to the specified IP access control group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_authorize_ip_rules/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_authorize_ip_rules(GroupId, UserRules)

Arguments

GroupId

[required] The identifier of the group.

UserRules

[required] The rules to add to the group.


Copies the specified image from the specified Region to the current Region

Description

Copies the specified image from the specified Region to the current Region. For more information about copying images, see Copy a Custom WorkSpaces Image.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_copy_workspace_image/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_copy_workspace_image(
  Name,
  Description = NULL,
  SourceImageId,
  SourceRegion,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the image.

Description

A description of the image.

SourceImageId

[required] The identifier of the source image.

SourceRegion

[required] The identifier of the source Region.

Tags

The tags for the image.


Description

Creates the account link invitation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_create_account_link_invitation/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_create_account_link_invitation(TargetAccountId, ClientToken = NULL)

Arguments

TargetAccountId

[required] The identifier of the target account.

ClientToken

A string of up to 64 ASCII characters that Amazon WorkSpaces uses to ensure idempotent creation.


Creates a client-add-in for Amazon Connect within a directory

Description

Creates a client-add-in for Amazon Connect within a directory. You can create only one Amazon Connect client add-in within a directory.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_create_connect_client_add_in/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_create_connect_client_add_in(ResourceId, Name, URL)

Arguments

ResourceId

[required] The directory identifier for which to configure the client add-in.

Name

[required] The name of the client add-in.

URL

[required] The endpoint URL of the Amazon Connect client add-in.


Creates the specified connection alias for use with cross-Region redirection

Description

Creates the specified connection alias for use with cross-Region redirection. For more information, see Cross-Region Redirection for Amazon WorkSpaces.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_create_connection_alias/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_create_connection_alias(ConnectionString, Tags = NULL)

Arguments

ConnectionString

[required] A connection string in the form of a fully qualified domain name (FQDN), such as www.example.com.

After you create a connection string, it is always associated to your Amazon Web Services account. You cannot recreate the same connection string with a different account, even if you delete all instances of it from the original account. The connection string is globally reserved for your account.

Tags

The tags to associate with the connection alias.


Creates an IP access control group

Description

Creates an IP access control group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_create_ip_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_create_ip_group(
  GroupName,
  GroupDesc = NULL,
  UserRules = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

GroupName

[required] The name of the group.

GroupDesc

The description of the group.

UserRules

The rules to add to the group.

Tags

The tags. Each WorkSpaces resource can have a maximum of 50 tags.


Creates a standby WorkSpace in a secondary Region

Description

Creates a standby WorkSpace in a secondary Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_create_standby_workspaces/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_create_standby_workspaces(PrimaryRegion, StandbyWorkspaces)

Arguments

PrimaryRegion

[required] The Region of the primary WorkSpace.

StandbyWorkspaces

[required] Information about the standby WorkSpace to be created.


Creates the specified tags for the specified WorkSpaces resource

Description

Creates the specified tags for the specified WorkSpaces resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_create_tags/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_create_tags(ResourceId, Tags)

Arguments

ResourceId

[required] The identifier of the WorkSpaces resource. The supported resource types are WorkSpaces, registered directories, images, custom bundles, IP access control groups, and connection aliases.

Tags

[required] The tags. Each WorkSpaces resource can have a maximum of 50 tags.


Creates a new updated WorkSpace image based on the specified source image

Description

Creates a new updated WorkSpace image based on the specified source image. The new updated WorkSpace image has the latest drivers and other updates required by the Amazon WorkSpaces components.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_create_updated_workspace_image/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_create_updated_workspace_image(
  Name,
  Description,
  SourceImageId,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the new updated WorkSpace image.

Description

[required] A description of whether updates for the WorkSpace image are available.

SourceImageId

[required] The identifier of the source WorkSpace image.

Tags

The tags that you want to add to the new updated WorkSpace image.

To add tags at the same time when you're creating the updated image, you must create an IAM policy that grants your IAM user permissions to use workspaces:CreateTags.


Creates the specified WorkSpace bundle

Description

Creates the specified WorkSpace bundle. For more information about creating WorkSpace bundles, see Create a Custom WorkSpaces Image and Bundle.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_create_workspace_bundle/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_create_workspace_bundle(
  BundleName,
  BundleDescription,
  ImageId,
  ComputeType,
  UserStorage,
  RootStorage = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

BundleName

[required] The name of the bundle.

BundleDescription

[required] The description of the bundle.

ImageId

[required] The identifier of the image that is used to create the bundle.

ComputeType

[required]

UserStorage

[required]

RootStorage
Tags

The tags associated with the bundle.

To add tags at the same time when you're creating the bundle, you must create an IAM policy that grants your IAM user permissions to use workspaces:CreateTags.


Creates a new WorkSpace image from an existing WorkSpace

Description

Creates a new WorkSpace image from an existing WorkSpace.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_create_workspace_image/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_create_workspace_image(Name, Description, WorkspaceId, Tags = NULL)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the new WorkSpace image.

Description

[required] The description of the new WorkSpace image.

WorkspaceId

[required] The identifier of the source WorkSpace

Tags

The tags that you want to add to the new WorkSpace image. To add tags when you're creating the image, you must create an IAM policy that grants your IAM user permission to use workspaces:CreateTags.


Creates one or more WorkSpaces

Description

Creates one or more WorkSpaces.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_create_workspaces/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_create_workspaces(Workspaces)

Arguments

Workspaces

[required] The WorkSpaces to create. You can specify up to 25 WorkSpaces.


Creates a pool of WorkSpaces

Description

Creates a pool of WorkSpaces.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_create_workspaces_pool/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_create_workspaces_pool(
  PoolName,
  Description,
  BundleId,
  DirectoryId,
  Capacity,
  Tags = NULL,
  ApplicationSettings = NULL,
  TimeoutSettings = NULL
)

Arguments

PoolName

[required] The name of the pool.

Description

[required] The pool description.

BundleId

[required] The identifier of the bundle for the pool.

DirectoryId

[required] The identifier of the directory for the pool.

Capacity

[required] The user capacity of the pool.

Tags

The tags for the pool.

ApplicationSettings

Indicates the application settings of the pool.

TimeoutSettings

Indicates the timeout settings of the pool.


Description

Deletes the account link invitation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_delete_account_link_invitation/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_delete_account_link_invitation(LinkId, ClientToken = NULL)

Arguments

LinkId

[required] The identifier of the account link.

ClientToken

A string of up to 64 ASCII characters that Amazon WorkSpaces uses to ensure idempotent creation.


Deletes customized client branding

Description

Deletes customized client branding. Client branding allows you to customize your WorkSpace's client login portal. You can tailor your login portal company logo, the support email address, support link, link to reset password, and a custom message for users trying to sign in.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_delete_client_branding/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_delete_client_branding(ResourceId, Platforms)

Arguments

ResourceId

[required] The directory identifier of the WorkSpace for which you want to delete client branding.

Platforms

[required] The device type for which you want to delete client branding.


Deletes a client-add-in for Amazon Connect that is configured within a directory

Description

Deletes a client-add-in for Amazon Connect that is configured within a directory.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_delete_connect_client_add_in/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_delete_connect_client_add_in(AddInId, ResourceId)

Arguments

AddInId

[required] The identifier of the client add-in to delete.

ResourceId

[required] The directory identifier for which the client add-in is configured.


Deletes the specified connection alias

Description

Deletes the specified connection alias. For more information, see Cross-Region Redirection for Amazon WorkSpaces.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_delete_connection_alias/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_delete_connection_alias(AliasId)

Arguments

AliasId

[required] The identifier of the connection alias to delete.


Deletes the specified IP access control group

Description

Deletes the specified IP access control group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_delete_ip_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_delete_ip_group(GroupId)

Arguments

GroupId

[required] The identifier of the IP access control group.


Deletes the specified tags from the specified WorkSpaces resource

Description

Deletes the specified tags from the specified WorkSpaces resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_delete_tags/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_delete_tags(ResourceId, TagKeys)

Arguments

ResourceId

[required] The identifier of the WorkSpaces resource. The supported resource types are WorkSpaces, registered directories, images, custom bundles, IP access control groups, and connection aliases.

TagKeys

[required] The tag keys.


Deletes the specified WorkSpace bundle

Description

Deletes the specified WorkSpace bundle. For more information about deleting WorkSpace bundles, see Delete a Custom WorkSpaces Bundle or Image.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_delete_workspace_bundle/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_delete_workspace_bundle(BundleId = NULL)

Arguments

BundleId

The identifier of the bundle.


Deletes the specified image from your account

Description

Deletes the specified image from your account. To delete an image, you must first delete any bundles that are associated with the image and unshare the image if it is shared with other accounts.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_delete_workspace_image/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_delete_workspace_image(ImageId)

Arguments

ImageId

[required] The identifier of the image.


Deploys associated applications to the specified WorkSpace

Description

Deploys associated applications to the specified WorkSpace

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_deploy_workspace_applications/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_deploy_workspace_applications(WorkspaceId, Force = NULL)

Arguments

WorkspaceId

[required] The identifier of the WorkSpace.

Force

Indicates whether the force flag is applied for the specified WorkSpace. When the force flag is enabled, it allows previously failed deployments to be retried.


Deregisters the specified directory

Description

Deregisters the specified directory. This operation is asynchronous and returns before the WorkSpace directory is deregistered. If any WorkSpaces are registered to this directory, you must remove them before you can deregister the directory.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_deregister_workspace_directory/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_deregister_workspace_directory(DirectoryId)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] The identifier of the directory. If any WorkSpaces are registered to this directory, you must remove them before you deregister the directory, or you will receive an OperationNotSupportedException error.


Retrieves a list that describes the configuration of Bring Your Own License (BYOL) for the specified account

Description

Retrieves a list that describes the configuration of Bring Your Own License (BYOL) for the specified account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_describe_account/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_describe_account()

Retrieves a list that describes modifications to the configuration of Bring Your Own License (BYOL) for the specified account

Description

Retrieves a list that describes modifications to the configuration of Bring Your Own License (BYOL) for the specified account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_describe_account_modifications/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_describe_account_modifications(NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

If you received a NextToken from a previous call that was paginated, provide this token to receive the next set of results.


Describes the associations between the application and the specified associated resources

Description

Describes the associations between the application and the specified associated resources.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_describe_application_associations/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_describe_application_associations(
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  ApplicationId,
  AssociatedResourceTypes
)

Arguments

MaxResults

The maximum number of associations to return.

NextToken

If you received a NextToken from a previous call that was paginated, provide this token to receive the next set of results.

ApplicationId

[required] The identifier of the specified application.

AssociatedResourceTypes

[required] The resource type of the associated resources.


Describes the specified applications by filtering based on their compute types, license availability, operating systems, and owners

Description

Describes the specified applications by filtering based on their compute types, license availability, operating systems, and owners.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_describe_applications/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_describe_applications(
  ApplicationIds = NULL,
  ComputeTypeNames = NULL,
  LicenseType = NULL,
  OperatingSystemNames = NULL,
  Owner = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

ApplicationIds

The identifiers of one or more applications.

ComputeTypeNames

The compute types supported by the applications.

LicenseType

The license availability for the applications.

OperatingSystemNames

The operating systems supported by the applications.

Owner

The owner of the applications.

MaxResults

The maximum number of applications to return.

NextToken

If you received a NextToken from a previous call that was paginated, provide this token to receive the next set of results.


Describes the associations between the applications and the specified bundle

Description

Describes the associations between the applications and the specified bundle.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_describe_bundle_associations/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_describe_bundle_associations(BundleId, AssociatedResourceTypes)

Arguments

BundleId

[required] The identifier of the bundle.

AssociatedResourceTypes

[required] The resource types of the associated resource.


Describes the specified client branding

Description

Describes the specified client branding. Client branding allows you to customize the log in page of various device types for your users. You can add your company logo, the support email address, support link, link to reset password, and a custom message for users trying to sign in.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_describe_client_branding/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_describe_client_branding(ResourceId)

Arguments

ResourceId

[required] The directory identifier of the WorkSpace for which you want to view client branding information.


Retrieves a list that describes one or more specified Amazon WorkSpaces clients

Description

Retrieves a list that describes one or more specified Amazon WorkSpaces clients.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_describe_client_properties/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_describe_client_properties(ResourceIds)

Arguments

ResourceIds

[required] The resource identifier, in the form of directory IDs.


Retrieves a list of Amazon Connect client add-ins that have been created

Description

Retrieves a list of Amazon Connect client add-ins that have been created.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_describe_connect_client_add_ins/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_describe_connect_client_add_ins(
  ResourceId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

ResourceId

[required] The directory identifier for which the client add-in is configured.

NextToken

If you received a NextToken from a previous call that was paginated, provide this token to receive the next set of results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return.


Describes the permissions that the owner of a connection alias has granted to another Amazon Web Services account for the specified connection alias

Description

Describes the permissions that the owner of a connection alias has granted to another Amazon Web Services account for the specified connection alias. For more information, see Cross-Region Redirection for Amazon WorkSpaces.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_describe_connection_alias_permissions/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_describe_connection_alias_permissions(
  AliasId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

AliasId

[required] The identifier of the connection alias.

NextToken

If you received a NextToken from a previous call that was paginated, provide this token to receive the next set of results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return.


Retrieves a list that describes the connection aliases used for cross-Region redirection

Description

Retrieves a list that describes the connection aliases used for cross-Region redirection. For more information, see Cross-Region Redirection for Amazon WorkSpaces.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_describe_connection_aliases/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_describe_connection_aliases(
  AliasIds = NULL,
  ResourceId = NULL,
  Limit = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

AliasIds

The identifiers of the connection aliases to describe.

ResourceId

The identifier of the directory associated with the connection alias.

Limit

The maximum number of connection aliases to return.

NextToken

If you received a NextToken from a previous call that was paginated, provide this token to receive the next set of results.


Describes the associations between the applications and the specified image

Description

Describes the associations between the applications and the specified image.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_describe_image_associations/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_describe_image_associations(ImageId, AssociatedResourceTypes)

Arguments

ImageId

[required] The identifier of the image.

AssociatedResourceTypes

[required] The resource types of the associated resource.


Describes one or more of your IP access control groups

Description

Describes one or more of your IP access control groups.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_describe_ip_groups/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_describe_ip_groups(
  GroupIds = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

GroupIds

The identifiers of one or more IP access control groups.

NextToken

If you received a NextToken from a previous call that was paginated, provide this token to receive the next set of results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return.


Describes the specified tags for the specified WorkSpaces resource

Description

Describes the specified tags for the specified WorkSpaces resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_describe_tags/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_describe_tags(ResourceId)

Arguments

ResourceId

[required] The identifier of the WorkSpaces resource. The supported resource types are WorkSpaces, registered directories, images, custom bundles, IP access control groups, and connection aliases.


Describes the associations betweens applications and the specified WorkSpace

Description

Describes the associations betweens applications and the specified WorkSpace.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_describe_workspace_associations/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_describe_workspace_associations(
  WorkspaceId,
  AssociatedResourceTypes
)

Arguments

WorkspaceId

[required] The identifier of the WorkSpace.

AssociatedResourceTypes

[required] The resource types of the associated resources.


Retrieves a list that describes the available WorkSpace bundles

Description

Retrieves a list that describes the available WorkSpace bundles.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_describe_workspace_bundles/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_describe_workspace_bundles(
  BundleIds = NULL,
  Owner = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

BundleIds

The identifiers of the bundles. You cannot combine this parameter with any other filter.

Owner

The owner of the bundles. You cannot combine this parameter with any other filter.

To describe the bundles provided by Amazon Web Services, specify AMAZON. To describe the bundles that belong to your account, don't specify a value.

NextToken

The token for the next set of results. (You received this token from a previous call.)


Describes the available directories that are registered with Amazon WorkSpaces

Description

Describes the available directories that are registered with Amazon WorkSpaces.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_describe_workspace_directories/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_describe_workspace_directories(
  DirectoryIds = NULL,
  WorkspaceDirectoryNames = NULL,
  Limit = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  Filters = NULL
)

Arguments

DirectoryIds

The identifiers of the directories. If the value is null, all directories are retrieved.

WorkspaceDirectoryNames

The names of the WorkSpace directories.

Limit

The maximum number of directories to return.

NextToken

If you received a NextToken from a previous call that was paginated, provide this token to receive the next set of results.

Filters

The filter condition for the WorkSpaces.


Describes the permissions that the owner of an image has granted to other Amazon Web Services accounts for an image

Description

Describes the permissions that the owner of an image has granted to other Amazon Web Services accounts for an image.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_describe_workspace_image_permissions/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_describe_workspace_image_permissions(
  ImageId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

ImageId

[required] The identifier of the image.

NextToken

If you received a NextToken from a previous call that was paginated, provide this token to receive the next set of results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return.


Retrieves a list that describes one or more specified images, if the image identifiers are provided

Description

Retrieves a list that describes one or more specified images, if the image identifiers are provided. Otherwise, all images in the account are described.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_describe_workspace_images/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_describe_workspace_images(
  ImageIds = NULL,
  ImageType = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

ImageIds

The identifier of the image.

ImageType

The type (owned or shared) of the image.

NextToken

If you received a NextToken from a previous call that was paginated, provide this token to receive the next set of results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return.


Describes the snapshots for the specified WorkSpace

Description

Describes the snapshots for the specified WorkSpace.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_describe_workspace_snapshots/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_describe_workspace_snapshots(WorkspaceId)

Arguments

WorkspaceId

[required] The identifier of the WorkSpace.


Describes the specified WorkSpaces

Description

Describes the specified WorkSpaces.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_describe_workspaces/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_describe_workspaces(
  WorkspaceIds = NULL,
  DirectoryId = NULL,
  UserName = NULL,
  BundleId = NULL,
  Limit = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  WorkspaceName = NULL
)

Arguments

WorkspaceIds

The identifiers of the WorkSpaces. You cannot combine this parameter with any other filter.

Because the create_workspaces operation is asynchronous, the identifier it returns is not immediately available. If you immediately call describe_workspaces with this identifier, no information is returned.

DirectoryId

The identifier of the directory. In addition, you can optionally specify a specific directory user (see UserName). You cannot combine this parameter with any other filter.

UserName

The name of the directory user. You must specify this parameter with DirectoryId.

BundleId

The identifier of the bundle. All WorkSpaces that are created from this bundle are retrieved. You cannot combine this parameter with any other filter.

Limit

The maximum number of items to return.

NextToken

If you received a NextToken from a previous call that was paginated, provide this token to receive the next set of results.

WorkspaceName

The name of the user-decoupled WorkSpace.


Describes the connection status of the specified WorkSpaces

Description

Describes the connection status of the specified WorkSpaces.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_describe_workspaces_connection_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_describe_workspaces_connection_status(
  WorkspaceIds = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

WorkspaceIds

The identifiers of the WorkSpaces. You can specify up to 25 WorkSpaces.

NextToken

If you received a NextToken from a previous call that was paginated, provide this token to receive the next set of results.


Retrieves a list that describes the streaming sessions for a specified pool

Description

Retrieves a list that describes the streaming sessions for a specified pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_describe_workspaces_pool_sessions/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_describe_workspaces_pool_sessions(
  PoolId,
  UserId = NULL,
  Limit = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

PoolId

[required] The identifier of the pool.

UserId

The identifier of the user.

Limit

The maximum number of items to return.

NextToken

If you received a NextToken from a previous call that was paginated, provide this token to receive the next set of results.


Describes the specified WorkSpaces Pools

Description

Describes the specified WorkSpaces Pools.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_describe_workspaces_pools/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_describe_workspaces_pools(
  PoolIds = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  Limit = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

PoolIds

The identifier of the WorkSpaces Pools.

Filters

The filter conditions for the WorkSpaces Pool to return.

Limit

The maximum number of items to return.

NextToken

If you received a NextToken from a previous call that was paginated, provide this token to receive the next set of results.


Disassociates a connection alias from a directory

Description

Disassociates a connection alias from a directory. Disassociating a connection alias disables cross-Region redirection between two directories in different Regions. For more information, see Cross-Region Redirection for Amazon WorkSpaces.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_disassociate_connection_alias/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_disassociate_connection_alias(AliasId)

Arguments

AliasId

[required] The identifier of the connection alias to disassociate.


Disassociates the specified IP access control group from the specified directory

Description

Disassociates the specified IP access control group from the specified directory.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_disassociate_ip_groups/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_disassociate_ip_groups(DirectoryId, GroupIds)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] The identifier of the directory.

GroupIds

[required] The identifiers of one or more IP access control groups.


Disassociates the specified application from a WorkSpace

Description

Disassociates the specified application from a WorkSpace.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_disassociate_workspace_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_disassociate_workspace_application(WorkspaceId, ApplicationId)

Arguments

WorkspaceId

[required] The identifier of the WorkSpace.

ApplicationId

[required] The identifier of the application.


Description

Retrieves account link information.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_get_account_link/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_get_account_link(LinkId = NULL, LinkedAccountId = NULL)

Arguments

LinkId

The identifier of the account to link.

LinkedAccountId

The identifier of the account link


Imports client branding

Description

Imports client branding. Client branding allows you to customize your WorkSpace's client login portal. You can tailor your login portal company logo, the support email address, support link, link to reset password, and a custom message for users trying to sign in.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_import_client_branding/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_import_client_branding(
  ResourceId,
  DeviceTypeWindows = NULL,
  DeviceTypeOsx = NULL,
  DeviceTypeAndroid = NULL,
  DeviceTypeIos = NULL,
  DeviceTypeLinux = NULL,
  DeviceTypeWeb = NULL
)

Arguments

ResourceId

[required] The directory identifier of the WorkSpace for which you want to import client branding.

DeviceTypeWindows

The branding information to import for Windows devices.

DeviceTypeOsx

The branding information to import for macOS devices.

DeviceTypeAndroid

The branding information to import for Android devices.

DeviceTypeIos

The branding information to import for iOS devices.

DeviceTypeLinux

The branding information to import for Linux devices.

DeviceTypeWeb

The branding information to import for web access.


Imports the specified Windows 10 or 11 Bring Your Own License (BYOL) image into Amazon WorkSpaces

Description

Imports the specified Windows 10 or 11 Bring Your Own License (BYOL) image into Amazon WorkSpaces. The image must be an already licensed Amazon EC2 image that is in your Amazon Web Services account, and you must own the image. For more information about creating BYOL images, see Bring Your Own Windows Desktop Licenses.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_import_workspace_image/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_import_workspace_image(
  Ec2ImageId,
  IngestionProcess,
  ImageName,
  ImageDescription,
  Tags = NULL,
  Applications = NULL
)

Arguments

Ec2ImageId

[required] The identifier of the EC2 image.

IngestionProcess

[required] The ingestion process to be used when importing the image, depending on which protocol you want to use for your BYOL Workspace image, either PCoIP, WSP, or bring your own protocol (BYOP). To use DCV, specify a value that ends in ⁠_WSP⁠. To use PCoIP, specify a value that does not end in ⁠_WSP⁠. To use BYOP, specify a value that ends in ⁠_BYOP⁠.

For non-GPU-enabled bundles (bundles other than Graphics or GraphicsPro), specify BYOL_REGULAR, BYOL_REGULAR_WSP, or BYOL_REGULAR_BYOP, depending on the protocol.

The BYOL_REGULAR_BYOP and BYOL_GRAPHICS_G4DN_BYOP values are only supported by Amazon WorkSpaces Core. Contact your account team to be allow-listed to use these values. For more information, see Amazon WorkSpaces Core.

ImageName

[required] The name of the WorkSpace image.

ImageDescription

[required] The description of the WorkSpace image.

Tags

The tags. Each WorkSpaces resource can have a maximum of 50 tags.

Applications

If specified, the version of Microsoft Office to subscribe to. Valid only for Windows 10 and 11 BYOL images. For more information about subscribing to Office for BYOL images, see Bring Your Own Windows Desktop Licenses.

  • Although this parameter is an array, only one item is allowed at this time.

  • During the image import process, non-GPU DCV (formerly WSP) WorkSpaces with Windows 11 support only Microsoft_Office_2019. GPU DCV (formerly WSP) WorkSpaces with Windows 11 do not support Office installation.


Description

Lists all account links.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_list_account_links/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_list_account_links(
  LinkStatusFilter = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

LinkStatusFilter

Filters the account based on their link status.

NextToken

The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when there are no more results to return.

MaxResults

The maximum number of accounts to return.


Retrieves a list of IP address ranges, specified as IPv4 CIDR blocks, that you can use for the network management interface when you enable Bring Your Own License (BYOL)

Description

Retrieves a list of IP address ranges, specified as IPv4 CIDR blocks, that you can use for the network management interface when you enable Bring Your Own License (BYOL).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_list_available_management_cidr_ranges/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_list_available_management_cidr_ranges(
  ManagementCidrRangeConstraint,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

ManagementCidrRangeConstraint

[required] The IP address range to search. Specify an IP address range that is compatible with your network and in CIDR notation (that is, specify the range as an IPv4 CIDR block).

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return.

NextToken

If you received a NextToken from a previous call that was paginated, provide this token to receive the next set of results.


Migrates a WorkSpace from one operating system or bundle type to another, while retaining the data on the user volume

Description

Migrates a WorkSpace from one operating system or bundle type to another, while retaining the data on the user volume.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_migrate_workspace/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_migrate_workspace(SourceWorkspaceId, BundleId)

Arguments

SourceWorkspaceId

[required] The identifier of the WorkSpace to migrate from.

BundleId

[required] The identifier of the target bundle type to migrate the WorkSpace to.


Modifies the configuration of Bring Your Own License (BYOL) for the specified account

Description

Modifies the configuration of Bring Your Own License (BYOL) for the specified account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_modify_account/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_modify_account(
  DedicatedTenancySupport = NULL,
  DedicatedTenancyManagementCidrRange = NULL
)

Arguments

DedicatedTenancySupport

The status of BYOL.

DedicatedTenancyManagementCidrRange

The IP address range, specified as an IPv4 CIDR block, for the management network interface. Specify an IP address range that is compatible with your network and in CIDR notation (that is, specify the range as an IPv4 CIDR block). The CIDR block size must be /16 (for example, 203.0.113.25/16). It must also be specified as available by the list_available_management_cidr_ranges operation.


Modifies the properties of the certificate-based authentication you want to use with your WorkSpaces

Description

Modifies the properties of the certificate-based authentication you want to use with your WorkSpaces.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_modify_certificate_based_auth_properties/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_modify_certificate_based_auth_properties(
  ResourceId,
  CertificateBasedAuthProperties = NULL,
  PropertiesToDelete = NULL
)

Arguments

ResourceId

[required] The resource identifiers, in the form of directory IDs.

CertificateBasedAuthProperties

The properties of the certificate-based authentication.

PropertiesToDelete

The properties of the certificate-based authentication you want to delete.


Modifies the properties of the specified Amazon WorkSpaces clients

Description

Modifies the properties of the specified Amazon WorkSpaces clients.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_modify_client_properties/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_modify_client_properties(ResourceId, ClientProperties)

Arguments

ResourceId

[required] The resource identifiers, in the form of directory IDs.

ClientProperties

[required] Information about the Amazon WorkSpaces client.


Modifies multiple properties related to SAML 2

Description

Modifies multiple properties related to SAML 2.0 authentication, including the enablement status, user access URL, and relay state parameter name that are used for configuring federation with an SAML 2.0 identity provider.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_modify_saml_properties/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_modify_saml_properties(
  ResourceId,
  SamlProperties = NULL,
  PropertiesToDelete = NULL
)

Arguments

ResourceId

[required] The directory identifier for which you want to configure SAML properties.

SamlProperties

The properties for configuring SAML 2.0 authentication.

PropertiesToDelete

The SAML properties to delete as part of your request.

Specify one of the following options:

  • SAML_PROPERTIES_USER_ACCESS_URL to delete the user access URL.

  • SAML_PROPERTIES_RELAY_STATE_PARAMETER_NAME to delete the relay state parameter name.


Modifies the self-service WorkSpace management capabilities for your users

Description

Modifies the self-service WorkSpace management capabilities for your users. For more information, see Enable Self-Service WorkSpace Management Capabilities for Your Users.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_modify_selfservice_permissions/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_modify_selfservice_permissions(ResourceId, SelfservicePermissions)

Arguments

ResourceId

[required] The identifier of the directory.

SelfservicePermissions

[required] The permissions to enable or disable self-service capabilities.


Modifies the specified streaming properties

Description

Modifies the specified streaming properties.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_modify_streaming_properties/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_modify_streaming_properties(ResourceId, StreamingProperties = NULL)

Arguments

ResourceId

[required] The identifier of the resource.

StreamingProperties

The streaming properties to configure.


Specifies which devices and operating systems users can use to access their WorkSpaces

Description

Specifies which devices and operating systems users can use to access their WorkSpaces. For more information, see Control Device Access.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_modify_workspace_access_properties/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_modify_workspace_access_properties(
  ResourceId,
  WorkspaceAccessProperties
)

Arguments

ResourceId

[required] The identifier of the directory.

WorkspaceAccessProperties

[required] The device types and operating systems to enable or disable for access.


Modify the default properties used to create WorkSpaces

Description

Modify the default properties used to create WorkSpaces.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_modify_workspace_creation_properties/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_modify_workspace_creation_properties(
  ResourceId,
  WorkspaceCreationProperties
)

Arguments

ResourceId

[required] The identifier of the directory.

WorkspaceCreationProperties

[required] The default properties for creating WorkSpaces.


Modifies the specified WorkSpace properties

Description

Modifies the specified WorkSpace properties. For important information about how to modify the size of the root and user volumes, see Modify a WorkSpace.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_modify_workspace_properties/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_modify_workspace_properties(
  WorkspaceId,
  WorkspaceProperties = NULL,
  DataReplication = NULL
)

Arguments

WorkspaceId

[required] The identifier of the WorkSpace.

WorkspaceProperties

The properties of the WorkSpace.

DataReplication

Indicates the data replication status.


Sets the state of the specified WorkSpace

Description

Sets the state of the specified WorkSpace.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_modify_workspace_state/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_modify_workspace_state(WorkspaceId, WorkspaceState)

Arguments

WorkspaceId

[required] The identifier of the WorkSpace.

WorkspaceState

[required] The WorkSpace state.


Reboots the specified WorkSpaces

Description

Reboots the specified WorkSpaces.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_reboot_workspaces/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_reboot_workspaces(RebootWorkspaceRequests)

Arguments

RebootWorkspaceRequests

[required] The WorkSpaces to reboot. You can specify up to 25 WorkSpaces.


Rebuilds the specified WorkSpace

Description

Rebuilds the specified WorkSpace.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_rebuild_workspaces/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_rebuild_workspaces(RebuildWorkspaceRequests)

Arguments

RebuildWorkspaceRequests

[required] The WorkSpace to rebuild. You can specify a single WorkSpace.


Registers the specified directory

Description

Registers the specified directory. This operation is asynchronous and returns before the WorkSpace directory is registered. If this is the first time you are registering a directory, you will need to create the workspaces_DefaultRole role before you can register a directory. For more information, see Creating the workspaces_DefaultRole Role.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_register_workspace_directory/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_register_workspace_directory(
  DirectoryId = NULL,
  SubnetIds = NULL,
  EnableWorkDocs = NULL,
  EnableSelfService = NULL,
  Tenancy = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  WorkspaceDirectoryName = NULL,
  WorkspaceDirectoryDescription = NULL,
  UserIdentityType = NULL,
  IdcInstanceArn = NULL,
  MicrosoftEntraConfig = NULL,
  WorkspaceType = NULL,
  ActiveDirectoryConfig = NULL
)

Arguments

DirectoryId

The identifier of the directory. You cannot register a directory if it does not have a status of Active. If the directory does not have a status of Active, you will receive an InvalidResourceStateException error. If you have already registered the maximum number of directories that you can register with Amazon WorkSpaces, you will receive a ResourceLimitExceededException error. Deregister directories that you are not using for WorkSpaces, and try again.

SubnetIds

The identifiers of the subnets for your virtual private cloud (VPC). Make sure that the subnets are in supported Availability Zones. The subnets must also be in separate Availability Zones. If these conditions are not met, you will receive an OperationNotSupportedException error.

EnableWorkDocs

Indicates whether Amazon WorkDocs is enabled or disabled. If you have enabled this parameter and WorkDocs is not available in the Region, you will receive an OperationNotSupportedException error. Set EnableWorkDocs to disabled, and try again.

EnableSelfService

Indicates whether self-service capabilities are enabled or disabled.

Tenancy

Indicates whether your WorkSpace directory is dedicated or shared. To use Bring Your Own License (BYOL) images, this value must be set to DEDICATED and your Amazon Web Services account must be enabled for BYOL. If your account has not been enabled for BYOL, you will receive an InvalidParameterValuesException error. For more information about BYOL images, see Bring Your Own Windows Desktop Images.

Tags

The tags associated with the directory.

WorkspaceDirectoryName

The name of the directory to register.

WorkspaceDirectoryDescription

Description of the directory to register.

UserIdentityType

The type of identity management the user is using.

IdcInstanceArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the identity center instance.

MicrosoftEntraConfig

The details about Microsoft Entra config.

WorkspaceType

Indicates whether the directory's WorkSpace type is personal or pools.

ActiveDirectoryConfig

The active directory config of the directory.


Description

Rejects the account link invitation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_reject_account_link_invitation/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_reject_account_link_invitation(LinkId, ClientToken = NULL)

Arguments

LinkId

[required] The identifier of the account link

ClientToken

The client token of the account link invitation to reject.


Restores the specified WorkSpace to its last known healthy state

Description

Restores the specified WorkSpace to its last known healthy state.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_restore_workspace/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_restore_workspace(WorkspaceId)

Arguments

WorkspaceId

[required] The identifier of the WorkSpace.


Removes one or more rules from the specified IP access control group

Description

Removes one or more rules from the specified IP access control group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_revoke_ip_rules/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_revoke_ip_rules(GroupId, UserRules)

Arguments

GroupId

[required] The identifier of the group.

UserRules

[required] The rules to remove from the group.


Starts the specified WorkSpaces

Description

Starts the specified WorkSpaces.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_start_workspaces/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_start_workspaces(StartWorkspaceRequests)

Arguments

StartWorkspaceRequests

[required] The WorkSpaces to start. You can specify up to 25 WorkSpaces.


Starts the specified pool

Description

Starts the specified pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_start_workspaces_pool/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_start_workspaces_pool(PoolId)

Arguments

PoolId

[required] The identifier of the pool.


Stops the specified WorkSpaces

Description

Stops the specified WorkSpaces.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_stop_workspaces/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_stop_workspaces(StopWorkspaceRequests)

Arguments

StopWorkspaceRequests

[required] The WorkSpaces to stop. You can specify up to 25 WorkSpaces.


Stops the specified pool

Description

Stops the specified pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_stop_workspaces_pool/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_stop_workspaces_pool(PoolId)

Arguments

PoolId

[required] The identifier of the pool.


Terminates the specified WorkSpaces

Description

Terminates the specified WorkSpaces.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_terminate_workspaces/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_terminate_workspaces(TerminateWorkspaceRequests)

Arguments

TerminateWorkspaceRequests

[required] The WorkSpaces to terminate. You can specify up to 25 WorkSpaces.


Terminates the specified pool

Description

Terminates the specified pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_terminate_workspaces_pool/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_terminate_workspaces_pool(PoolId)

Arguments

PoolId

[required] The identifier of the pool.


Terminates the pool session

Description

Terminates the pool session.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_terminate_workspaces_pool_session/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_terminate_workspaces_pool_session(SessionId)

Arguments

SessionId

[required] The identifier of the pool session.


Updates a Amazon Connect client add-in

Description

Updates a Amazon Connect client add-in. Use this action to update the name and endpoint URL of a Amazon Connect client add-in.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_update_connect_client_add_in/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_update_connect_client_add_in(
  AddInId,
  ResourceId,
  Name = NULL,
  URL = NULL
)

Arguments

AddInId

[required] The identifier of the client add-in to update.

ResourceId

[required] The directory identifier for which the client add-in is configured.

Name

The name of the client add-in.

URL

The endpoint URL of the Amazon Connect client add-in.


Shares or unshares a connection alias with one account by specifying whether that account has permission to associate the connection alias with a directory

Description

Shares or unshares a connection alias with one account by specifying whether that account has permission to associate the connection alias with a directory. If the association permission is granted, the connection alias is shared with that account. If the association permission is revoked, the connection alias is unshared with the account. For more information, see Cross-Region Redirection for Amazon WorkSpaces.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_update_connection_alias_permission/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_update_connection_alias_permission(
  AliasId,
  ConnectionAliasPermission
)

Arguments

AliasId

[required] The identifier of the connection alias that you want to update permissions for.

ConnectionAliasPermission

[required] Indicates whether to share or unshare the connection alias with the specified Amazon Web Services account.


Replaces the current rules of the specified IP access control group with the specified rules

Description

Replaces the current rules of the specified IP access control group with the specified rules.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_update_rules_of_ip_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_update_rules_of_ip_group(GroupId, UserRules)

Arguments

GroupId

[required] The identifier of the group.

UserRules

[required] One or more rules.


Updates a WorkSpace bundle with a new image

Description

Updates a WorkSpace bundle with a new image. For more information about updating WorkSpace bundles, see Update a Custom WorkSpaces Bundle.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_update_workspace_bundle/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_update_workspace_bundle(BundleId = NULL, ImageId = NULL)

Arguments

BundleId

The identifier of the bundle.

ImageId

The identifier of the image.


Shares or unshares an image with one account in the same Amazon Web Services Region by specifying whether that account has permission to copy the image

Description

Shares or unshares an image with one account in the same Amazon Web Services Region by specifying whether that account has permission to copy the image. If the copy image permission is granted, the image is shared with that account. If the copy image permission is revoked, the image is unshared with the account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_update_workspace_image_permission/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_update_workspace_image_permission(
  ImageId,
  AllowCopyImage,
  SharedAccountId
)

Arguments

ImageId

[required] The identifier of the image.

AllowCopyImage

[required] The permission to copy the image. This permission can be revoked only after an image has been shared.

SharedAccountId

[required] The identifier of the Amazon Web Services account to share or unshare the image with.

Before sharing the image, confirm that you are sharing to the correct Amazon Web Services account ID.


Updates the specified pool

Description

Updates the specified pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspaces_update_workspaces_pool/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspaces_update_workspaces_pool(
  PoolId,
  Description = NULL,
  BundleId = NULL,
  DirectoryId = NULL,
  Capacity = NULL,
  ApplicationSettings = NULL,
  TimeoutSettings = NULL
)

Arguments

PoolId

[required] The identifier of the specified pool to update.

Description

Describes the specified pool to update.

BundleId

The identifier of the bundle.

DirectoryId

The identifier of the directory.

Capacity

The desired capacity for the pool.

ApplicationSettings

The persistent application settings for users in the pool.

TimeoutSettings

Indicates the timeout settings of the specified pool.


Amazon WorkSpaces Web

Description

Amazon WorkSpaces Secure Browser is a low cost, fully managed WorkSpace built specifically to facilitate secure, web-based workloads. WorkSpaces Secure Browser makes it easy for customers to safely provide their employees with access to internal websites and SaaS web applications without the administrative burden of appliances or specialized client software. WorkSpaces Secure Browser provides simple policy tools tailored for user interactions, while offloading common tasks like capacity management, scaling, and maintaining browser images.

Usage

workspacesweb(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- workspacesweb(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

associate_browser_settings Associates a browser settings resource with a web portal
associate_data_protection_settings Associates a data protection settings resource with a web portal
associate_ip_access_settings Associates an IP access settings resource with a web portal
associate_network_settings Associates a network settings resource with a web portal
associate_trust_store Associates a trust store with a web portal
associate_user_access_logging_settings Associates a user access logging settings resource with a web portal
associate_user_settings Associates a user settings resource with a web portal
create_browser_settings Creates a browser settings resource that can be associated with a web portal
create_data_protection_settings Creates a data protection settings resource that can be associated with a web portal
create_identity_provider Creates an identity provider resource that is then associated with a web portal
create_ip_access_settings Creates an IP access settings resource that can be associated with a web portal
create_network_settings Creates a network settings resource that can be associated with a web portal
create_portal Creates a web portal
create_trust_store Creates a trust store that can be associated with a web portal
create_user_access_logging_settings Creates a user access logging settings resource that can be associated with a web portal
create_user_settings Creates a user settings resource that can be associated with a web portal
delete_browser_settings Deletes browser settings
delete_data_protection_settings Deletes data protection settings
delete_identity_provider Deletes the identity provider
delete_ip_access_settings Deletes IP access settings
delete_network_settings Deletes network settings
delete_portal Deletes a web portal
delete_trust_store Deletes the trust store
delete_user_access_logging_settings Deletes user access logging settings
delete_user_settings Deletes user settings
disassociate_browser_settings Disassociates browser settings from a web portal
disassociate_data_protection_settings Disassociates data protection settings from a web portal
disassociate_ip_access_settings Disassociates IP access settings from a web portal
disassociate_network_settings Disassociates network settings from a web portal
disassociate_trust_store Disassociates a trust store from a web portal
disassociate_user_access_logging_settings Disassociates user access logging settings from a web portal
disassociate_user_settings Disassociates user settings from a web portal
expire_session Expires an active secure browser session
get_browser_settings Gets browser settings
get_data_protection_settings Gets the data protection settings
get_identity_provider Gets the identity provider
get_ip_access_settings Gets the IP access settings
get_network_settings Gets the network settings
get_portal Gets the web portal
get_portal_service_provider_metadata Gets the service provider metadata
get_session Gets information for a secure browser session
get_trust_store Gets the trust store
get_trust_store_certificate Gets the trust store certificate
get_user_access_logging_settings Gets user access logging settings
get_user_settings Gets user settings
list_browser_settings Retrieves a list of browser settings
list_data_protection_settings Retrieves a list of data protection settings
list_identity_providers Retrieves a list of identity providers for a specific web portal
list_ip_access_settings Retrieves a list of IP access settings
list_network_settings Retrieves a list of network settings
list_portals Retrieves a list or web portals
list_sessions Lists information for multiple secure browser sessions from a specific portal
list_tags_for_resource Retrieves a list of tags for a resource
list_trust_store_certificates Retrieves a list of trust store certificates
list_trust_stores Retrieves a list of trust stores
list_user_access_logging_settings Retrieves a list of user access logging settings
list_user_settings Retrieves a list of user settings
tag_resource Adds or overwrites one or more tags for the specified resource
untag_resource Removes one or more tags from the specified resource
update_browser_settings Updates browser settings
update_data_protection_settings Updates data protection settings
update_identity_provider Updates the identity provider
update_ip_access_settings Updates IP access settings
update_network_settings Updates network settings
update_portal Updates a web portal
update_trust_store Updates the trust store
update_user_access_logging_settings Updates the user access logging settings
update_user_settings Updates the user settings

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- workspacesweb()
svc$associate_browser_settings(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Associates a browser settings resource with a web portal

Description

Associates a browser settings resource with a web portal.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_associate_browser_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_associate_browser_settings(browserSettingsArn, portalArn)

Arguments

browserSettingsArn

[required] The ARN of the browser settings.

portalArn

[required] The ARN of the web portal.


Associates a data protection settings resource with a web portal

Description

Associates a data protection settings resource with a web portal.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_associate_data_protection_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_associate_data_protection_settings(
  dataProtectionSettingsArn,
  portalArn
)

Arguments

dataProtectionSettingsArn

[required] The ARN of the data protection settings.

portalArn

[required] The ARN of the web portal.


Associates an IP access settings resource with a web portal

Description

Associates an IP access settings resource with a web portal.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_associate_ip_access_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_associate_ip_access_settings(ipAccessSettingsArn, portalArn)

Arguments

ipAccessSettingsArn

[required] The ARN of the IP access settings.

portalArn

[required] The ARN of the web portal.


Associates a network settings resource with a web portal

Description

Associates a network settings resource with a web portal.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_associate_network_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_associate_network_settings(networkSettingsArn, portalArn)

Arguments

networkSettingsArn

[required] The ARN of the network settings.

portalArn

[required] The ARN of the web portal.


Associates a trust store with a web portal

Description

Associates a trust store with a web portal.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_associate_trust_store/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_associate_trust_store(portalArn, trustStoreArn)

Arguments

portalArn

[required] The ARN of the web portal.

trustStoreArn

[required] The ARN of the trust store.


Associates a user access logging settings resource with a web portal

Description

Associates a user access logging settings resource with a web portal.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_associate_user_access_logging_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_associate_user_access_logging_settings(
  portalArn,
  userAccessLoggingSettingsArn
)

Arguments

portalArn

[required] The ARN of the web portal.

userAccessLoggingSettingsArn

[required] The ARN of the user access logging settings.


Associates a user settings resource with a web portal

Description

Associates a user settings resource with a web portal.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_associate_user_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_associate_user_settings(portalArn, userSettingsArn)

Arguments

portalArn

[required] The ARN of the web portal.

userSettingsArn

[required] The ARN of the user settings.


Creates a browser settings resource that can be associated with a web portal

Description

Creates a browser settings resource that can be associated with a web portal. Once associated with a web portal, browser settings control how the browser will behave once a user starts a streaming session for the web portal.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_create_browser_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_create_browser_settings(
  additionalEncryptionContext = NULL,
  browserPolicy,
  clientToken = NULL,
  customerManagedKey = NULL,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

additionalEncryptionContext

Additional encryption context of the browser settings.

browserPolicy

[required] A JSON string containing Chrome Enterprise policies that will be applied to all streaming sessions.

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. Idempotency ensures that an API request completes only once. With an idempotent request, if the original request completes successfully, subsequent retries with the same client token returns the result from the original successful request.

If you do not specify a client token, one is automatically generated by the Amazon Web Services SDK.

customerManagedKey

The custom managed key of the browser settings.

tags

The tags to add to the browser settings resource. A tag is a key-value pair.


Creates a data protection settings resource that can be associated with a web portal

Description

Creates a data protection settings resource that can be associated with a web portal.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_create_data_protection_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_create_data_protection_settings(
  additionalEncryptionContext = NULL,
  clientToken = NULL,
  customerManagedKey = NULL,
  description = NULL,
  displayName = NULL,
  inlineRedactionConfiguration = NULL,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

additionalEncryptionContext

Additional encryption context of the data protection settings.

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. Idempotency ensures that an API request completes only once. With an idempotent request, if the original request completes successfully, subsequent retries with the same client token returns the result from the original successful request.

If you do not specify a client token, one is automatically generated by the Amazon Web Services SDK.

customerManagedKey

The custom managed key of the data protection settings.

description

The description of the data protection settings.

displayName

The display name of the data protection settings.

inlineRedactionConfiguration

The inline redaction configuration of the data protection settings that will be applied to all sessions.

tags

The tags to add to the data protection settings resource. A tag is a key-value pair.


Creates an identity provider resource that is then associated with a web portal

Description

Creates an identity provider resource that is then associated with a web portal.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_create_identity_provider/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_create_identity_provider(
  clientToken = NULL,
  identityProviderDetails,
  identityProviderName,
  identityProviderType,
  portalArn,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. Idempotency ensures that an API request completes only once. With an idempotent request, if the original request completes successfully, subsequent retries with the same client token returns the result from the original successful request.

If you do not specify a client token, one is automatically generated by the Amazon Web Services SDK.

identityProviderDetails

[required] The identity provider details. The following list describes the provider detail keys for each identity provider type.

  • For Google and Login with Amazon:

    • client_id

    • client_secret

    • authorize_scopes

  • For Facebook:

    • client_id

    • client_secret

    • authorize_scopes

    • api_version

  • For Sign in with Apple:

    • client_id

    • team_id

    • key_id

    • private_key

    • authorize_scopes

  • For OIDC providers:

    • client_id

    • client_secret

    • attributes_request_method

    • oidc_issuer

    • authorize_scopes

    • authorize_url if not available from discovery URL specified by oidc_issuer key

    • token_url if not available from discovery URL specified by oidc_issuer key

    • attributes_url if not available from discovery URL specified by oidc_issuer key

    • jwks_uri if not available from discovery URL specified by oidc_issuer key

  • For SAML providers:

    • MetadataFile OR MetadataURL

    • IDPSignout (boolean) optional

    • IDPInit (boolean) optional

    • RequestSigningAlgorithm (string) optional - Only accepts rsa-sha256

    • EncryptedResponses (boolean) optional

identityProviderName

[required] The identity provider name.

identityProviderType

[required] The identity provider type.

portalArn

[required] The ARN of the web portal.

tags

The tags to add to the identity provider resource. A tag is a key-value pair.


Creates an IP access settings resource that can be associated with a web portal

Description

Creates an IP access settings resource that can be associated with a web portal.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_create_ip_access_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_create_ip_access_settings(
  additionalEncryptionContext = NULL,
  clientToken = NULL,
  customerManagedKey = NULL,
  description = NULL,
  displayName = NULL,
  ipRules,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

additionalEncryptionContext

Additional encryption context of the IP access settings.

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. Idempotency ensures that an API request completes only once. With an idempotent request, if the original request completes successfully, subsequent retries with the same client token returns the result from the original successful request.

If you do not specify a client token, one is automatically generated by the Amazon Web Services SDK.

customerManagedKey

The custom managed key of the IP access settings.

description

The description of the IP access settings.

displayName

The display name of the IP access settings.

ipRules

[required] The IP rules of the IP access settings.

tags

The tags to add to the IP access settings resource. A tag is a key-value pair.


Creates a network settings resource that can be associated with a web portal

Description

Creates a network settings resource that can be associated with a web portal. Once associated with a web portal, network settings define how streaming instances will connect with your specified VPC.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_create_network_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_create_network_settings(
  clientToken = NULL,
  securityGroupIds,
  subnetIds,
  tags = NULL,
  vpcId
)

Arguments

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. Idempotency ensures that an API request completes only once. With an idempotent request, if the original request completes successfully, subsequent retries with the same client token returns the result from the original successful request.

If you do not specify a client token, one is automatically generated by the Amazon Web Services SDK.

securityGroupIds

[required] One or more security groups used to control access from streaming instances to your VPC.

subnetIds

[required] The subnets in which network interfaces are created to connect streaming instances to your VPC. At least two of these subnets must be in different availability zones.

tags

The tags to add to the network settings resource. A tag is a key-value pair.

vpcId

[required] The VPC that streaming instances will connect to.


Creates a web portal

Description

Creates a web portal.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_create_portal/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_create_portal(
  additionalEncryptionContext = NULL,
  authenticationType = NULL,
  clientToken = NULL,
  customerManagedKey = NULL,
  displayName = NULL,
  instanceType = NULL,
  maxConcurrentSessions = NULL,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

additionalEncryptionContext

The additional encryption context of the portal.

authenticationType

The type of authentication integration points used when signing into the web portal. Defaults to Standard.

Standard web portals are authenticated directly through your identity provider. You need to call create_identity_provider to integrate your identity provider with your web portal. User and group access to your web portal is controlled through your identity provider.

⁠IAM Identity Center⁠ web portals are authenticated through IAM Identity Center. Identity sources (including external identity provider integration), plus user and group access to your web portal, can be configured in the IAM Identity Center.

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. Idempotency ensures that an API request completes only once. With an idempotent request, if the original request completes successfully, subsequent retries with the same client token returns the result from the original successful request.

If you do not specify a client token, one is automatically generated by the Amazon Web Services SDK.

customerManagedKey

The customer managed key of the web portal.

displayName

The name of the web portal. This is not visible to users who log into the web portal.

instanceType

The type and resources of the underlying instance.

maxConcurrentSessions

The maximum number of concurrent sessions for the portal.

tags

The tags to add to the web portal. A tag is a key-value pair.


Creates a trust store that can be associated with a web portal

Description

Creates a trust store that can be associated with a web portal. A trust store contains certificate authority (CA) certificates. Once associated with a web portal, the browser in a streaming session will recognize certificates that have been issued using any of the CAs in the trust store. If your organization has internal websites that use certificates issued by private CAs, you should add the private CA certificate to the trust store.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_create_trust_store/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_create_trust_store(
  certificateList,
  clientToken = NULL,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

certificateList

[required] A list of CA certificates to be added to the trust store.

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. Idempotency ensures that an API request completes only once. With an idempotent request, if the original request completes successfully, subsequent retries with the same client token returns the result from the original successful request.

If you do not specify a client token, one is automatically generated by the Amazon Web Services SDK.

tags

The tags to add to the trust store. A tag is a key-value pair.


Creates a user access logging settings resource that can be associated with a web portal

Description

Creates a user access logging settings resource that can be associated with a web portal.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_create_user_access_logging_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_create_user_access_logging_settings(
  clientToken = NULL,
  kinesisStreamArn,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. Idempotency ensures that an API request completes only once. With an idempotent request, if the original request completes successfully, subsequent retries with the same client token returns the result from the original successful request.

If you do not specify a client token, one is automatically generated by the Amazon Web Services SDK.

kinesisStreamArn

[required] The ARN of the Kinesis stream.

tags

The tags to add to the user settings resource. A tag is a key-value pair.


Creates a user settings resource that can be associated with a web portal

Description

Creates a user settings resource that can be associated with a web portal. Once associated with a web portal, user settings control how users can transfer data between a streaming session and the their local devices.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_create_user_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_create_user_settings(
  additionalEncryptionContext = NULL,
  clientToken = NULL,
  cookieSynchronizationConfiguration = NULL,
  copyAllowed,
  customerManagedKey = NULL,
  deepLinkAllowed = NULL,
  disconnectTimeoutInMinutes = NULL,
  downloadAllowed,
  idleDisconnectTimeoutInMinutes = NULL,
  pasteAllowed,
  printAllowed,
  tags = NULL,
  toolbarConfiguration = NULL,
  uploadAllowed
)

Arguments

additionalEncryptionContext

The additional encryption context of the user settings.

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. Idempotency ensures that an API request completes only once. With an idempotent request, if the original request completes successfully, subsequent retries with the same client token returns the result from the original successful request.

If you do not specify a client token, one is automatically generated by the Amazon Web Services SDK.

cookieSynchronizationConfiguration

The configuration that specifies which cookies should be synchronized from the end user's local browser to the remote browser.

copyAllowed

[required] Specifies whether the user can copy text from the streaming session to the local device.

customerManagedKey

The customer managed key used to encrypt sensitive information in the user settings.

deepLinkAllowed

Specifies whether the user can use deep links that open automatically when connecting to a session.

disconnectTimeoutInMinutes

The amount of time that a streaming session remains active after users disconnect.

downloadAllowed

[required] Specifies whether the user can download files from the streaming session to the local device.

idleDisconnectTimeoutInMinutes

The amount of time that users can be idle (inactive) before they are disconnected from their streaming session and the disconnect timeout interval begins.

pasteAllowed

[required] Specifies whether the user can paste text from the local device to the streaming session.

printAllowed

[required] Specifies whether the user can print to the local device.

tags

The tags to add to the user settings resource. A tag is a key-value pair.

toolbarConfiguration

The configuration of the toolbar. This allows administrators to select the toolbar type and visual mode, set maximum display resolution for sessions, and choose which items are visible to end users during their sessions. If administrators do not modify these settings, end users retain control over their toolbar preferences.

uploadAllowed

[required] Specifies whether the user can upload files from the local device to the streaming session.


Deletes browser settings

Description

Deletes browser settings.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_delete_browser_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_delete_browser_settings(browserSettingsArn)

Arguments

browserSettingsArn

[required] The ARN of the browser settings.


Deletes data protection settings

Description

Deletes data protection settings.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_delete_data_protection_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_delete_data_protection_settings(dataProtectionSettingsArn)

Arguments

dataProtectionSettingsArn

[required] The ARN of the data protection settings.


Deletes the identity provider

Description

Deletes the identity provider.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_delete_identity_provider/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_delete_identity_provider(identityProviderArn)

Arguments

identityProviderArn

[required] The ARN of the identity provider.


Deletes IP access settings

Description

Deletes IP access settings.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_delete_ip_access_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_delete_ip_access_settings(ipAccessSettingsArn)

Arguments

ipAccessSettingsArn

[required] The ARN of the IP access settings.


Deletes network settings

Description

Deletes network settings.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_delete_network_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_delete_network_settings(networkSettingsArn)

Arguments

networkSettingsArn

[required] The ARN of the network settings.


Deletes a web portal

Description

Deletes a web portal.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_delete_portal/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_delete_portal(portalArn)

Arguments

portalArn

[required] The ARN of the web portal.


Deletes the trust store

Description

Deletes the trust store.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_delete_trust_store/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_delete_trust_store(trustStoreArn)

Arguments

trustStoreArn

[required] The ARN of the trust store.


Deletes user access logging settings

Description

Deletes user access logging settings.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_delete_user_access_logging_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_delete_user_access_logging_settings(userAccessLoggingSettingsArn)

Arguments

userAccessLoggingSettingsArn

[required] The ARN of the user access logging settings.


Deletes user settings

Description

Deletes user settings.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_delete_user_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_delete_user_settings(userSettingsArn)

Arguments

userSettingsArn

[required] The ARN of the user settings.


Disassociates browser settings from a web portal

Description

Disassociates browser settings from a web portal.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_disassociate_browser_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_disassociate_browser_settings(portalArn)

Arguments

portalArn

[required] The ARN of the web portal.


Disassociates data protection settings from a web portal

Description

Disassociates data protection settings from a web portal.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_disassociate_data_protection_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_disassociate_data_protection_settings(portalArn)

Arguments

portalArn

[required] The ARN of the web portal.


Disassociates IP access settings from a web portal

Description

Disassociates IP access settings from a web portal.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_disassociate_ip_access_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_disassociate_ip_access_settings(portalArn)

Arguments

portalArn

[required] The ARN of the web portal.


Disassociates network settings from a web portal

Description

Disassociates network settings from a web portal.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_disassociate_network_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_disassociate_network_settings(portalArn)

Arguments

portalArn

[required] The ARN of the web portal.


Disassociates a trust store from a web portal

Description

Disassociates a trust store from a web portal.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_disassociate_trust_store/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_disassociate_trust_store(portalArn)

Arguments

portalArn

[required] The ARN of the web portal.


Disassociates user access logging settings from a web portal

Description

Disassociates user access logging settings from a web portal.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_disassociate_user_access_logging_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_disassociate_user_access_logging_settings(portalArn)

Arguments

portalArn

[required] The ARN of the web portal.


Disassociates user settings from a web portal

Description

Disassociates user settings from a web portal.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_disassociate_user_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_disassociate_user_settings(portalArn)

Arguments

portalArn

[required] The ARN of the web portal.


Expires an active secure browser session

Description

Expires an active secure browser session.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_expire_session/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_expire_session(portalId, sessionId)

Arguments

portalId

[required] The ID of the web portal for the session.

sessionId

[required] The ID of the session to expire.


Gets browser settings

Description

Gets browser settings.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_get_browser_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_get_browser_settings(browserSettingsArn)

Arguments

browserSettingsArn

[required] The ARN of the browser settings.


Gets the data protection settings

Description

Gets the data protection settings.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_get_data_protection_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_get_data_protection_settings(dataProtectionSettingsArn)

Arguments

dataProtectionSettingsArn

[required] The ARN of the data protection settings.


Gets the identity provider

Description

Gets the identity provider.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_get_identity_provider/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_get_identity_provider(identityProviderArn)

Arguments

identityProviderArn

[required] The ARN of the identity provider.


Gets the IP access settings

Description

Gets the IP access settings.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_get_ip_access_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_get_ip_access_settings(ipAccessSettingsArn)

Arguments

ipAccessSettingsArn

[required] The ARN of the IP access settings.


Gets the network settings

Description

Gets the network settings.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_get_network_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_get_network_settings(networkSettingsArn)

Arguments

networkSettingsArn

[required] The ARN of the network settings.


Gets the web portal

Description

Gets the web portal.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_get_portal/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_get_portal(portalArn)

Arguments

portalArn

[required] The ARN of the web portal.


Gets the service provider metadata

Description

Gets the service provider metadata.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_get_portal_service_provider_metadata/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_get_portal_service_provider_metadata(portalArn)

Arguments

portalArn

[required] The ARN of the web portal.


Gets information for a secure browser session

Description

Gets information for a secure browser session.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_get_session/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_get_session(portalId, sessionId)

Arguments

portalId

[required] The ID of the web portal for the session.

sessionId

[required] The ID of the session.


Gets the trust store

Description

Gets the trust store.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_get_trust_store/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_get_trust_store(trustStoreArn)

Arguments

trustStoreArn

[required] The ARN of the trust store.


Gets the trust store certificate

Description

Gets the trust store certificate.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_get_trust_store_certificate/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_get_trust_store_certificate(thumbprint, trustStoreArn)

Arguments

thumbprint

[required] The thumbprint of the trust store certificate.

trustStoreArn

[required] The ARN of the trust store certificate.


Gets user access logging settings

Description

Gets user access logging settings.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_get_user_access_logging_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_get_user_access_logging_settings(userAccessLoggingSettingsArn)

Arguments

userAccessLoggingSettingsArn

[required] The ARN of the user access logging settings.


Gets user settings

Description

Gets user settings.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_get_user_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_get_user_settings(userSettingsArn)

Arguments

userSettingsArn

[required] The ARN of the user settings.


Retrieves a list of browser settings

Description

Retrieves a list of browser settings.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_list_browser_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_list_browser_settings(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of results to be included in the next page.

nextToken

The pagination token used to retrieve the next page of results for this operation.


Retrieves a list of data protection settings

Description

Retrieves a list of data protection settings.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_list_data_protection_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_list_data_protection_settings(
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of results to be included in the next page.

nextToken

The pagination token used to retrieve the next page of results for this operation.


Retrieves a list of identity providers for a specific web portal

Description

Retrieves a list of identity providers for a specific web portal.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_list_identity_providers/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_list_identity_providers(
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  portalArn
)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of results to be included in the next page.

nextToken

The pagination token used to retrieve the next page of results for this operation.

portalArn

[required] The ARN of the web portal.


Retrieves a list of IP access settings

Description

Retrieves a list of IP access settings.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_list_ip_access_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_list_ip_access_settings(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of results to be included in the next page.

nextToken

The pagination token used to retrieve the next page of results for this operation.


Retrieves a list of network settings

Description

Retrieves a list of network settings.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_list_network_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_list_network_settings(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of results to be included in the next page.

nextToken

The pagination token used to retrieve the next page of results for this operation.


Retrieves a list or web portals

Description

Retrieves a list or web portals.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_list_portals/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_list_portals(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of results to be included in the next page.

nextToken

The pagination token used to retrieve the next page of results for this operation.


Lists information for multiple secure browser sessions from a specific portal

Description

Lists information for multiple secure browser sessions from a specific portal.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_list_sessions/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_list_sessions(
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  portalId,
  sessionId = NULL,
  sortBy = NULL,
  status = NULL,
  username = NULL
)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of results to be included in the next page.

nextToken

The pagination token used to retrieve the next page of results for this operation.

portalId

[required] The ID of the web portal for the sessions.

sessionId

The ID of the session.

sortBy

The method in which the returned sessions should be sorted.

status

The status of the session.

username

The username of the session.


Retrieves a list of tags for a resource

Description

Retrieves a list of tags for a resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The ARN of the resource.


Retrieves a list of trust store certificates

Description

Retrieves a list of trust store certificates.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_list_trust_store_certificates/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_list_trust_store_certificates(
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  trustStoreArn
)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of results to be included in the next page.

nextToken

The pagination token used to retrieve the next page of results for this operation.

trustStoreArn

[required] The ARN of the trust store


Retrieves a list of trust stores

Description

Retrieves a list of trust stores.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_list_trust_stores/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_list_trust_stores(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of results to be included in the next page.

nextToken

The pagination token used to retrieve the next page of results for this operation.


Retrieves a list of user access logging settings

Description

Retrieves a list of user access logging settings.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_list_user_access_logging_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_list_user_access_logging_settings(
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of results to be included in the next page.

nextToken

The pagination token used to retrieve the next page of results for this operation.


Retrieves a list of user settings

Description

Retrieves a list of user settings.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_list_user_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_list_user_settings(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of results to be included in the next page.

nextToken

The pagination token used to retrieve the next page of results for this operation.


Adds or overwrites one or more tags for the specified resource

Description

Adds or overwrites one or more tags for the specified resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_tag_resource(clientToken = NULL, resourceArn, tags)

Arguments

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. Idempotency ensures that an API request completes only once. With an idempotent request, if the original request completes successfully, subsequent retries with the same client token returns the result from the original successful request.

If you do not specify a client token, one is automatically generated by the Amazon Web Services SDK.

resourceArn

[required] The ARN of the resource.

tags

[required] The tags of the resource.


Removes one or more tags from the specified resource

Description

Removes one or more tags from the specified resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The ARN of the resource.

tagKeys

[required] The list of tag keys to remove from the resource.


Updates browser settings

Description

Updates browser settings.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_update_browser_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_update_browser_settings(
  browserPolicy = NULL,
  browserSettingsArn,
  clientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

browserPolicy

A JSON string containing Chrome Enterprise policies that will be applied to all streaming sessions.

browserSettingsArn

[required] The ARN of the browser settings.

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. Idempotency ensures that an API request completes only once. With an idempotent request, if the original request completes successfully, subsequent retries with the same client token return the result from the original successful request.

If you do not specify a client token, one is automatically generated by the Amazon Web Services SDK.


Updates data protection settings

Description

Updates data protection settings.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_update_data_protection_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_update_data_protection_settings(
  clientToken = NULL,
  dataProtectionSettingsArn,
  description = NULL,
  displayName = NULL,
  inlineRedactionConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. Idempotency ensures that an API request completes only once. With an idempotent request, if the original request completes successfully, subsequent retries with the same client token return the result from the original successful request.

If you do not specify a client token, one is automatically generated by the Amazon Web Services SDK.

dataProtectionSettingsArn

[required] The ARN of the data protection settings.

description

The description of the data protection settings.

displayName

The display name of the data protection settings.

inlineRedactionConfiguration

The inline redaction configuration of the data protection settings that will be applied to all sessions.


Updates the identity provider

Description

Updates the identity provider.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_update_identity_provider/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_update_identity_provider(
  clientToken = NULL,
  identityProviderArn,
  identityProviderDetails = NULL,
  identityProviderName = NULL,
  identityProviderType = NULL
)

Arguments

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. Idempotency ensures that an API request completes only once. With an idempotent request, if the original request completes successfully, subsequent retries with the same client token return the result from the original successful request.

If you do not specify a client token, one is automatically generated by the Amazon Web Services SDK.

identityProviderArn

[required] The ARN of the identity provider.

identityProviderDetails

The details of the identity provider. The following list describes the provider detail keys for each identity provider type.

  • For Google and Login with Amazon:

    • client_id

    • client_secret

    • authorize_scopes

  • For Facebook:

    • client_id

    • client_secret

    • authorize_scopes

    • api_version

  • For Sign in with Apple:

    • client_id

    • team_id

    • key_id

    • private_key

    • authorize_scopes

  • For OIDC providers:

    • client_id

    • client_secret

    • attributes_request_method

    • oidc_issuer

    • authorize_scopes

    • authorize_url if not available from discovery URL specified by oidc_issuer key

    • token_url if not available from discovery URL specified by oidc_issuer key

    • attributes_url if not available from discovery URL specified by oidc_issuer key

    • jwks_uri if not available from discovery URL specified by oidc_issuer key

  • For SAML providers:

    • MetadataFile OR MetadataURL

    • IDPSignout (boolean) optional

    • IDPInit (boolean) optional

    • RequestSigningAlgorithm (string) optional - Only accepts rsa-sha256

    • EncryptedResponses (boolean) optional

identityProviderName

The name of the identity provider.

identityProviderType

The type of the identity provider.


Updates IP access settings

Description

Updates IP access settings.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_update_ip_access_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_update_ip_access_settings(
  clientToken = NULL,
  description = NULL,
  displayName = NULL,
  ipAccessSettingsArn,
  ipRules = NULL
)

Arguments

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. Idempotency ensures that an API request completes only once. With an idempotent request, if the original request completes successfully, subsequent retries with the same client token return the result from the original successful request.

If you do not specify a client token, one is automatically generated by the Amazon Web Services SDK.

description

The description of the IP access settings.

displayName

The display name of the IP access settings.

ipAccessSettingsArn

[required] The ARN of the IP access settings.

ipRules

The updated IP rules of the IP access settings.


Updates network settings

Description

Updates network settings.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_update_network_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_update_network_settings(
  clientToken = NULL,
  networkSettingsArn,
  securityGroupIds = NULL,
  subnetIds = NULL,
  vpcId = NULL
)

Arguments

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. Idempotency ensures that an API request completes only once. With an idempotent request, if the original request completes successfully, subsequent retries with the same client token return the result from the original successful request.

If you do not specify a client token, one is automatically generated by the Amazon Web Services SDK.

networkSettingsArn

[required] The ARN of the network settings.

securityGroupIds

One or more security groups used to control access from streaming instances to your VPC.

subnetIds

The subnets in which network interfaces are created to connect streaming instances to your VPC. At least two of these subnets must be in different availability zones.

vpcId

The VPC that streaming instances will connect to.


Updates a web portal

Description

Updates a web portal.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_update_portal/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_update_portal(
  authenticationType = NULL,
  displayName = NULL,
  instanceType = NULL,
  maxConcurrentSessions = NULL,
  portalArn
)

Arguments

authenticationType

The type of authentication integration points used when signing into the web portal. Defaults to Standard.

Standard web portals are authenticated directly through your identity provider. You need to call create_identity_provider to integrate your identity provider with your web portal. User and group access to your web portal is controlled through your identity provider.

⁠IAM Identity Center⁠ web portals are authenticated through IAM Identity Center. Identity sources (including external identity provider integration), plus user and group access to your web portal, can be configured in the IAM Identity Center.

displayName

The name of the web portal. This is not visible to users who log into the web portal.

instanceType

The type and resources of the underlying instance.

maxConcurrentSessions

The maximum number of concurrent sessions for the portal.

portalArn

[required] The ARN of the web portal.


Updates the trust store

Description

Updates the trust store.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_update_trust_store/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_update_trust_store(
  certificatesToAdd = NULL,
  certificatesToDelete = NULL,
  clientToken = NULL,
  trustStoreArn
)

Arguments

certificatesToAdd

A list of CA certificates to add to the trust store.

certificatesToDelete

A list of CA certificates to delete from a trust store.

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. Idempotency ensures that an API request completes only once. With an idempotent request, if the original request completes successfully, subsequent retries with the same client token return the result from the original successful request.

If you do not specify a client token, one is automatically generated by the Amazon Web Services SDK.

trustStoreArn

[required] The ARN of the trust store.


Updates the user access logging settings

Description

Updates the user access logging settings.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_update_user_access_logging_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_update_user_access_logging_settings(
  clientToken = NULL,
  kinesisStreamArn = NULL,
  userAccessLoggingSettingsArn
)

Arguments

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. Idempotency ensures that an API request completes only once. With an idempotent request, if the original request completes successfully, subsequent retries with the same client token return the result from the original successful request.

If you do not specify a client token, one is automatically generated by the Amazon Web Services SDK.

kinesisStreamArn

The ARN of the Kinesis stream.

userAccessLoggingSettingsArn

[required] The ARN of the user access logging settings.


Updates the user settings

Description

Updates the user settings.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/workspacesweb_update_user_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

workspacesweb_update_user_settings(
  clientToken = NULL,
  cookieSynchronizationConfiguration = NULL,
  copyAllowed = NULL,
  deepLinkAllowed = NULL,
  disconnectTimeoutInMinutes = NULL,
  downloadAllowed = NULL,
  idleDisconnectTimeoutInMinutes = NULL,
  pasteAllowed = NULL,
  printAllowed = NULL,
  toolbarConfiguration = NULL,
  uploadAllowed = NULL,
  userSettingsArn
)

Arguments

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. Idempotency ensures that an API request completes only once. With an idempotent request, if the original request completes successfully, subsequent retries with the same client token return the result from the original successful request.

If you do not specify a client token, one is automatically generated by the Amazon Web Services SDK.

cookieSynchronizationConfiguration

The configuration that specifies which cookies should be synchronized from the end user's local browser to the remote browser.

If the allowlist and blocklist are empty, the configuration becomes null.

copyAllowed

Specifies whether the user can copy text from the streaming session to the local device.

deepLinkAllowed

Specifies whether the user can use deep links that open automatically when connecting to a session.

disconnectTimeoutInMinutes

The amount of time that a streaming session remains active after users disconnect.

downloadAllowed

Specifies whether the user can download files from the streaming session to the local device.

idleDisconnectTimeoutInMinutes

The amount of time that users can be idle (inactive) before they are disconnected from their streaming session and the disconnect timeout interval begins.

pasteAllowed

Specifies whether the user can paste text from the local device to the streaming session.

printAllowed

Specifies whether the user can print to the local device.

toolbarConfiguration

The configuration of the toolbar. This allows administrators to select the toolbar type and visual mode, set maximum display resolution for sessions, and choose which items are visible to end users during their sessions. If administrators do not modify these settings, end users retain control over their toolbar preferences.

uploadAllowed

Specifies whether the user can upload files from the local device to the streaming session.

userSettingsArn

[required] The ARN of the user settings.